new 2640 caravan owners hbook 2007 - swift...

192
Introduction INTRODUCTION DEAR OWNER, THANK YOU FOR DECIDING TO BUY ONE OF OUR NEW CARAVANS. WE ARE SURE YOU WILL ENJOY MANY HAPPY HOURS IN IT AND WE HOPE THE INFORMATION AND HINTS IN THIS HANDBOOK WILL HEIGHTEN YOUR ENJOYMENT. THE HANDBOOK HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO GIVE YOU A GENERAL GUIDE TO THE CARE, USE AND MAINTENANCE OF YOUR CARAVAN. WHETHER YOU ARE A NEW OR AN EXPERIENCED CARAVANNER THE HINTS WILL HELP TO PROTECT YOUR INVESTMENT. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED WILL ANSWER MOST OF YOUR QUERIES, BUT IF THERE ARE ANY ASPECTS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED PLEASE CONSULT YOUR APPOINTED DEALER. HAPPY CARAVANNING!

Upload: others

Post on 10-Oct-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Introduction

INTRODUCTIONDEAR OWNER,

THANK YOU FOR DECIDING TO BUY ONEOF OUR NEW CARAVANS. WE ARE SUREYOU WILL ENJOY MANY HAPPY HOURSIN IT AND WE HOPE THE INFORMATIONAND HINTS IN THIS HANDBOOK WILLHEIGHTEN YOUR ENJOYMENT.

THE HANDBOOK HAS BEEN DESIGNEDTO GIVE YOU A GENERAL GUIDE TO THECARE, USE AND MAINTENANCE OF YOURCARAVAN. WHETHER YOU ARE A NEW ORAN EXPERIENCED CARAVANNER THEHINTS WILL HELP TO PROTECT YOURINVESTMENT.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED WILLANSWER MOST OF YOUR QUERIES, BUTIF THERE ARE ANY ASPECTS WHICH ARENOT COVERED PLEASE CONSULT YOURAPPOINTED DEALER.

HAPPY CARAVANNING!

Page 2: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

CONTENTS

Warranty Information

The Towing Code

Safety and Security

Services

Electrical Equipment

Fitted Equipment

Maintenance

General Data

Page 3: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

WARRANTYINFORMATION

Warranty and guarantee cover ................................................ 26 year body shell integrity guarantee...................................... 23 year supersure manufacturer’s guarantee .......................... 2General terms and conditions ................................................. 3What to do if you require assistance ...................................... 6Annual service/inspection record............................................ 7Annual service/inspection record stamps .............................. 8

Page 4: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

2

All the illustrations and descriptive matter inthis handbook are intended to give ageneral idea of the caravan. Changingmarket and supply situations and our policyof continuous product development mayprevent us from maintaining the exactspecifications detailed in this handbook. We therefore reserve the right to alterspecifications as materials and conditionsdemand.

Dealers are not agents of Swift GroupLimited, the manufacturer of Swift Groupcaravans, and have absolutely no authorityto bind the manufacturer by any express orimplied undertaking or representation.

WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE COVER

All Swift Group caravans have a 6 yearbody shell integrity guarantee and a 3 yearSuperSure manufacturer's warranty fromthe date of purchase (or hire purchase),which are subject to a chargeable annualservice, inspection and moisture survey(“Annual Service”) being carried out at anauthorised Swift Group Service Centre.Original VAT invoices must be retained asproof of Annual Services being carried out.

In the unusual event that a fault developsand you need to claim under this Warrantyand Guarantee, your first contact shouldnormally be made through the dealer fromwhom the caravan was purchased.

In certain circumstances, arrangements canbe made to have the claim dealt with by adifferent authorised Swift Group ServiceCentre – see final paragraph below fordetails. It is the responsibility of thePurchaser to deliver the caravan to andcollect the caravan from the Service Centrefor all warranty work.

During the warranty period, subject to theexclusions set out in this section of thehandbook and provided the warranty claimis authorised by the manufacturer, SwiftGroup Limited, the authorised Swift GroupService Centre will repair (or at the option ofthe manufacturer, replace) all defectiveparts of the caravan at the expense of themanufacturer. Swift Group Ltd reserves theright to examine the caravan prior tocommencement of repairs or replacementof parts.

6 YEAR BODY SHELL INTEGRITYGUARANTEE (“GUARANTEE”)

The Guarantee extends to thefollowing items:-

Body leaks and delamination: water ingressthrough any permanently sealed seamjoints or delamination of panels and floor,being part of the original manufacturer’sconstruction.

The manufacturer will honour the Guaranteefor 72 months from the date of purchase,

provided that the caravan has had an AnnualService, within 90 days before or 60 days aftereach anniversary of the original date ofpurchase (or hire purchase). The sixth AnnualService must, however, be carried out beforethe expiry of the 72 month period from theoriginal date of purchase (or hire purchase).

Specific exclusions from the Guarantee:-

Seams and panels requiring repair must bepart of the original construction of the caravanand must not have been tampered with orrepaired otherwise than by Swift Group Ltd oran authorised Swift Group Service Centre.

Also see general terms and conditions.

3 YEAR SUPERSURE MANUFACTURER'SWARRANTY (“WARRANTY”)

The manufacturer will honour the Warranty for36 months from the date of purchase (or hirepurchase), provided that the caravan had anAnnual Service within 90 days before or 60days after each anniversary of the original dateof purchase (or hire purchase).The third Annual Service must, however, becarried out before the expiry of the 36 monthperiod from the original date of purchase(or hire purchase).

Warranty

Page 5: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Warranty

3

In the first 12 months the Warranty willcover:-

Faults arising from a manufacturing defect butnot those which are a result of normal wearand tear or those which relate to replacementlight bulbs.

Also not covered under the first year are faultsresulting from accidental damage or damagecaused by misuse of any component part ofthe caravan.

In the years two and three the Warrantywill cover:-

1. All original components of the caravanincluding permanently fitted equipmentforming part of the manufacturer'soriginal specification.

2. Water ingress and body delamination.

Specific exclusions from the Warrantyduring years two and three:-

• Glass including heat shields,sink lids, mirrors.

• Paintwork including all exterior paint,heat shields, heater cases and all otherpainted surfaces.

• Decals, mirror transfers, resin badges.

• GRP/ABS A frame covers, wheel spatsand skirts.

• Soft furnishings including upholstery,curtains, pelmets.

• Carpets, lino and floor coveringsincluding door mats, shower mats.

• Work surfaces, tables, and flaps.

• Wallboards, ceiling boards and all otherinterior décor finishes.

• Window catches, stays andassociated fittings.

• Blinds and flyscreens including door,Heki and other rooflights.

• All hinges, catches, knobs, stays andhandles (interior and exterior).

• Replacement of bulbs, fluorescenttubes, fuses and electrical connectionsincluding 12n and 12s plugs, high levelbrake lights and bulb contacts.

• Audio equipment including radios,speakers, aerials and associated parts.

• Corner steadies.

• Fair wear and tear, accidental damage orany damage caused by the misuse ofany component fitted by themanufacturer.

• Microwave

• Routine maintenance items which arepart of the Annual Service includingbrake shoes, one shot nuts, lubricants,AKS pads, rubber gas hose, thecleaning of the heater and fridge flues,the replacement of gas jets, theresealing and/or replacement of showerroom sealant, and the adjustment andlubrication of locks.

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Provided that the caravan is used only forits ordinary and intended purpose and hasnot been subject to any treatment orconditions which could not be reasonablyforeseen by Swift Group Ltd, the Warrantyand Guarantee will be honoured subject tothe following General Terms and Conditionswhich apply to all three years of theWarranty period and all six years of theGuarantee period. The caravan is notcovered for:-

• The failure of a component for reasonsof fair wear and tear.

• Damage resulting from accidents.

• Damage resulting from freezing,over-heating or fire.

• Misuse or abuse of the caravan orof any component.

• Tyres, wheels and jockey wheels

• Cosmetic finishes to kitchen sinks,cooker tops, vanity units, shower trays.

Page 6: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Warranty• Normal deterioration, corrosion, intrusion of

foreign or harmful bodies, lack of servicingor negligence of any person other than theSwift Group Limited which causesstoppage of or impairment to the functionof any component of the caravan.

• Replacement of parts which have reachedthe end of their effective working lifebecause of age and/or usage.

• Cleaning or adjustment of any assemblies.

• Towing other than by private cars or 4x4vehicles used in place of cars.

• The cost of transporting, towing ormoving the caravan by any means(or consequential costs relating totransportation), to or from the placeof repair, which is the responsibility ofthe owner.

The Warranty and the Guarantee will beinvalidated if the caravan has been neglected,misused, modified, used for hire or reward orany commercial use, or has been used incompetitive events. The caravan will bedeemed to have been neglected if it has nothad an Annual Service or has otherwise notbeen serviced and maintained as required bythis handbook.

The Warranty and the Guarantee only applyto caravans purchased and used within theUK, and for continuous journeys abroad ofno longer than 90 days per journey.

If any repairs are identified as beingnecessary during an Annual Service, thecaravan must be made available to anauthorised Swift Group Service Centrewithin 6 weeks for the work to be carriedout. All new caravans must be registeredwith the Swift Group Ltd within 6 weeks ofpurchase as new.

The benefit of this Warranty and Guaranteemay be transferred to a new owner if thecaravan is sold, provided that the caravanhas been serviced by an authorised SwiftGroup Service Centre in accordance withthe requirements of this handbook, anddetails of the change of ownership havebeen supplied to Swift Group Ltd using thechange of ownership form set out in thishandbook. Failure to notify Swift Group Ltdof a change of ownership within 30 days ofsuch a change will invalidate the Warrantyand Guarantee.

Swift Group Ltd’s liability under thisagreement shall be limited to supplyinglabour and materials of a value notexceeding £2,500 including VAT in respectof each claim or series of claims. No liabilityarises under this Warranty and Guarantee inrespect of consequential loss, costs,damage, accidental or fire damage or any

losses incurred by accident or fire. Noliability of any kind arises under thisWarranty and Guarantee in respect of thirdparties or bodily injury.

You have legal rights under UK lawgoverning the sale of consumer goods.This Warranty and Guarantee does notaffect your legal rights.

The name and address of the warranty andGuarantee provider is:-

Swift Group Limited, Dunswell Road, Cottingham, East Yorkshire, HU16 4JX.

To make a claim under this Warranty orGuarantee, contact the Swift Group ServiceCentre which supplied your caravan.

Alternatively, details of your nearestauthorised Swift Group Service Centre can be obtained by contacting the Swift GroupCustomer Care Department on 01482875740 or enquiring on our web site:www.swiftleisure.co.uk

4

Page 7: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Assistance

6

WHAT TO DO IF YOU REQUIRE ASSISTANCECongratulations on purchasing your new caravan. We are confident that you will enjoymany happy holidays. However, should you have an enquiry or require assistance with aproblem, we hope that this guide will be of assistance to you.

If you have a problem, or enquiry with regards to your new caravan, please followthese steps:

1. Check the Owners Handbook, paying particular attention to the fault finding advice atthe back of the book.

2. Contact your supplying dealer for assistance.

If you need to contact the Swift Group, please be aware of the following:

1. When contacting Swift Supercare, please quote your name, postcode and serial numberof your caravan.

2. In most instances, the Customer Care Team will involve your dealer in resolving the issueyou are experiencing.

3. If you are contacting the company by email, letter or fax, the Customer Care Team willrespond to you within five working days from the date of receiving the correspondence.

4. If you are calling the Customer Care Team, please avoid where possible, Mondays andlunch times.

5. Please be aware that the Swift Group cannot send parts direct from the factory. In allcases, without exception, your dealer must place the order for you.

Page 8: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

TOURING CARAVANS - ANNUAL SERVICE/INSPECTION RECORDIn order to comply with the warranty, you must have your caravan inspected and servicedby an authorised Swift Group Service Centre at least once per year.

It is important that the Owner’s Handbook is stamped on the appropriate page by theauthorised Swift Group Service Centre. Failure to do this will invalidate the warranty and thetransfer of the warranty on the change of ownership.

The inspection should take approximately two to four hours and will cover the areas dealtwith in the annual service check list. Any areas requiring service and/or maintenance will behighlighted by your dealer and we recommend that you authorise any necessary work to becarried out.

NB. It is essential, to validate the warranty, that an annual inspection be carried out by anauthorised Swift Group Service Centre covering the items listed.

1. Damp and lamination test.2. Coupling head and breakaway cable.3. Jockey wheel.4. Chassis and chassis to body security.5. Corner steadies.6. Folding step (if fitted).7. Tyres and tyre pressures.8. Torque wheel nuts.9. Brake rods and linkages.

10. Hub bearings, brakes and brake shoes.11. Handbrake operation and

performance.12. Suspension and shock absorbers

(if fitted).13. 12N and 12S 7-pin plugs and cables.14. Road lights, wiring and reflectors.15. Internal lights and 12V DC system.

16. Water heater - gas and 230V AC (if fitted).

17. Hob, grill and oven (if fitted).18. Refrigerator 230V AC, 12V DC

and gas.19. Gas system.20. Water pump, taps and water system.21. Mains 230V AC system.22. Windows and fittings.23. Smoke alarm and battery.24. Roof lights.25. Furniture hinges/stays etc.26. Exterior locks and hinges.27. Grab handle security.28. All internal vents.29. Oil seals.30. Blinds and fly screens (if fitted).

7

Service/Inspection

Page 9: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

8

ANNUAL SERVICE/INSPECTION RECORD

CARAVAN MODEL YEAR

CHASSIS NUMBER

1st SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

2nd SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

3rd SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

4th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

Service/Inspection

Page 10: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

9

5th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

6th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

7th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

8th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

9th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

10th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

Page 11: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

THETOWING

CODE

The Caravan Towing Code .................................................... 12Scope of the Code ............................................................... 12

Caravan Terms ........................................................................ 12Weights ................................................................................ 12

Towing Vehicle Terms ............................................................ 13Weights ................................................................................ 13

Measurement of Noseweight ................................................ 15Type of Driving Licence Held ..................................................15Glossary & Checklist .............................................................. 15Preparing for the Road .......................................................... 18

Checklist .............................................................................. 18Loading & Distribution ......................................................... 18Stability ................................................................................ 19Pre-tow Checklist ................................................................. 21

Moving Off ............................................................................... 27Reversing ................................................................................ 28Speed Limits ........................................................................... 28Caravan Handling ................................................................... 28Motorway Driving ................................................................... 28Changing a Wheel .................................................................. 29Jacking Points ........................................................................ 30Stopping on a Hill ................................................................... 30Arrival on Site ......................................................................... 30

Page 12: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

THE CARAVAN TOWING CODEThis Code of Practice containsrecommendations jointly reviewed andagreed by the following organisations:

The National Caravan CouncilThe Caravan ClubThe Camping and Caravanning ClubThe Caravan Writers GuildThe Department for Transport

Scope of the CodeThe Code applies to all trailer caravans ofmaximum laden weight not exceeding 3500 kg (7,700 lbs), overall width notexceeding 2.3m (7ft 6in approximately) andoverall length not exceeding 7m (23ftapproximately), excluding the drawbar andcoupling.

This is legally the maximum size of trailerthat can be towed by a motor vehicle with amaximum gross weight of less than 3500 kg.

CARAVAN TERMSMass in Running Order: The mass of the caravan as stated by thecaravan manufacturer, as new with standardfixtures and fittings.

Note: Because of differences in the weightof materials supplied for the construction ofcaravans, a tolerance has been allowed forin the Mass in Running Order weight.

Maximum User Payload:The maximum allowable weight to be putinto the caravan whilst it is being towed. Thisis made up of 3 sections:

Personal effects, optional equipment andessential habitation equipment.

The user payload is the difference betweenthe Maximum Technically Permissible LadenMass and the Mass in Running Order.

Essential Habitation Equipment:Those items and fluids required for safe andproper functioning of the equipment forhabitation as defined by manufacturer of thecaravan.

Personal Effects:Those items which a user can choose tocarry in a caravan and which are notincluded as Essential Habitation Equipmentor Optional equipment.

Optional Equipment:Items made available by the manufacturerover and above the standard specification ofthe caravan.

Maximum Technically Permissible LadenMass:The maximum weight for which the caravanis designed for normal use when beingtowed on a road, laden. This mass takes intoaccount specific operating conditionsincluding factors such as the strength ofmaterials, loading capacity of tyres etc.

WARNING: Under no circumstancesshould the maximum technicallypermissible laden mass of this caravanbe exceeded.

Upgrading of maximum technicallypermissible laden mass:The standard/declared MTPLM quoted in thespecification handbook and on new caravanweightplates maybe of lower value than themaximum possible. If extra user payload isrequired, an upgrade maybe available (modeldependant), this must be requested via yourdealer.

If required you will be issued with thefollowing:

(i) New weightplate giving upgradeweight detail

(ii) New NCC Certificate (declaring theupgraded MTPLM

(iii) Manufacturers letter confirmingthe upgrade for that VehicleIdentification Number

Note: Tyre pressures may increasewhen upgrading

Nose weight:That part of the static mass of the caravansupported by the towing device on the rearof the towing vehicle.

12

Page 13: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

Notes:(i) When measuring the noseweight it is

important that the caravan is fully loaded. Do not place extra items indiscriminately into the caravan after this adjustment has been made.

(ii) The caravan is intended to be towed slightly nose heavy. The nose weight can be adjusted by distribution of the load within the caravan. The nose weight should be approximately 7% of the actual laden weight (but not greater than the hitch capacity) and at the same time suit the towing vehicle. See section on Measurement of Nose Weight.

(iii) It is not recommended that you tow with just a battery, spare wheel and gas bottles as this may exceed the the permitted nose weight. Additional payload must be placed behind the axle to compensate for this.

TOWING VEHICLE TERMSKerb weight (Mass of Vehicle in RunningOrder):The weight of the towing vehicle as definedby the vehicle manufacturer. This is normallywith a full tank of fuel, with an adequatesupply of liquids incidental to the vehiclespropulsion, without driver or passengers,

without any load except loose tools andequipment with which the vehicle is normallyprovided and without any towing bracket.

Caravan to Towing Vehicle Weight Ratio:The towing vehicle to caravan weight ratiocan be determined by calculation and isequal to:

actual laden weight of caravanx 100%

Kerb weight of towing vehicle

THE LAW REQUIRES THAT CARAVANS &THEIR TOWING VEHICLES & THE LOADSTHEY CARRY MUST BE IN SUCH ACONDITION THAT NO DANGER ORNUISANCE IS CAUSED.

(Regulation 100 of the Road and Vehicles[Construction and Use] Regulations 1986).

Power to weight ratio:No hard and fast rules can be stated but,here is a general guide.

(a) Conventional petrol engines with a capacity up to approximately 1500 cc should be adequate for towing a caravan weighing around 85% of the kerb weight of the towing vehicle.

(b) Above 1500 cc such engines should manage a caravan weighing up to 100% of the kerb weight of the towing vehicle and still give adequate performance.

13

Fig. A Car/Caravan Weight Ratios

YES NO

MAYBE

85%

EQUAL

Page 14: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing CodeNote: The towing vehicle manufacturer’s limitis, in some cases, less than the kerb weight.

Vehicles with automatic transmission mayneed an oil cooler fitting or the SAE rating ofthe gearbox oil increasing when towing. Theadvice of the vehicle manufacturer should besought.

Mass in Running Order:Caravanners can use a public weighbridge toestablish the mass in running order.

Note: Weighbridges have varying weighttolerance levels.

Maximum Permissible Towing Mass:The weight defined by the vehiclemanufacturer as being the maximum that the vehicle is designed to tow.

Train Weight (Combination Weight):The maximum combined weight of thetowing vehicle and trailer combination asspecified by the towing vehicle manufacturer.

14

Page 15: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Always lower jockey wheel before enteringthe caravan and then raise before measuringagain. (See Loading).

Note: The height of the towball on thetowing vehicle, when laden, is also critical.

WARNING: Do not lift the coupling headby hand when hitching the caravan tothe car. Always raise and lower thecoupling head by winding the handle onthe jockey wheel up and down.

TYPE OF DRIVING LICENCEHELDIn order to be able to tow a caravan a drivermust hold a Category B licence. Those cardrivers who passed their tests prior to 1January 1997 would have automaticallyobtained Category B+E. However, anyonewho passed their test after 1 january 1997will need to take a further test in order toobtain a Category B+E if they wish to tow acar and caravan combination whose trainweight exceeds 3,500kg, or up to 4,250 ifthe caravan is less than 750kg or if thecaravan’s Maximum Technically PermissibleLaden Mass exceeds the unladen weight ofthe car.

Note: The unladen weight of a car isnormally less than the kerbside weight.

GLOSSARY & CHECKLISTAwnings - Can consist of just a simple topsheet but may extend to a five sided frametent attached to the side of the caravan.

Fire blanket - approved to BS 6575 is idealfor dealing with ‘fat pan’ fires.

Fire extinguisher - It is stronglyrecommended that a fire extinguisher iscarried in the caravan. (For suitable typessee Safety and Security).

Gas bottles - Bottled L.P. gas is the mostconvenient portable source of fuel. Twobottles are required for a constant supply.An initial deposit is payable on each cylinder.We recommend the use of 5kg or 6kgPropane or 7kg Butane bottles. One positionfor use and one for storage only. (Fordetailed information see Services - Gas).

Jack - A suitable jack is essential (screw,scissor, side mounted or air jack type). Manycar jacks are unsuitable.

Levellers - Levellers help level the caravanfrom side to side before unhitching.Proprietary products can be purchased fromyour caravan dealer and need to bepositioned as indicated by a spirit level.

Spare Wheel - It is always advisable to carrya spare wheel with your caravan.

MEASUREMENT OF NOSEWEIGHTNoseweight may be measured using apropriety brand of noseweight indicator.

Such equipment is obtainable at yourCaravan Dealer.

Note: These indicators have a varyingtolerance level.

Another simple method is to use bathroomscales under the coupling head with a pieceof wood, fitted between the coupling headand the scales, of such length that thecaravan floor is horizontal with the jockeywheel raised clear of the ground. (Fig. A)

Noseweight can be adjusted simply bydistribution of weights in the caravan.

15

430mm35mm

Fig. A Measuring Noseweight

+-

The Towing Code

Page 16: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

16

Spirit Level -A spirit level is extremely usefulwhen siting the caravan.

Stabiliser -Stabilisers help to dampen theside to side movement of the caravan. Oneend fits to the car’s towing bracket and theother end to the caravan. (See Stability)

Torque Wrench - A torque wrench is theonly way that the exact recommendedtorque can be achieved for wheel nuts andbolts. (See Preparing for the Road).

Towing Bracket - Never use cheapalternatives, obtain one manufactured by areputable company complying with therelevant standards.

Any light passenger vehicle registered in theUK on or after August 1st 1998 (S registeredplate) will require a type approved towbarand towball (to 94/20/EC). Failure to fit ahomologated towbar and towball couldresult in a prosecution and invalidation ofyour insurance cover. Always check withyour car manufacturer or towbarmanufacturer if in doubt.

Wooden Blocks - Wooden blocks typically25cm. square and 2cm. thick are ideal forplacing under corner steadies and jockeywheel when the ground is uneven or soft.

Water Containers - Two containers arerequired, one to carry fresh water to thecaravan and one for waste water, whichneeds to be disposed of properly. Several

types are available including jerry cans,folding cans and wheeled containers.

12N & 12S Sockets - Two socketsdesignated 12N and 12S are fitted to yourcar to accept corresponding plugs from thecaravan. These are necessary to energisethe road lights and caravan auxiliary circuitsrespectively.

12 Volt Battery - A deep cycling, heavy dutyrechargeable leisure type battery should bepurchased to provide back-up power forlights and other electrical appliances. (SeeBattery). The securing arrangements for thebattery compartment require a leisure batterycomplying with EN 60095-2 in particularthose with ledges for fastening to the loweredge of the long sides and having amaximum height of 190mm and width of175mm.

WARNING: Your caravan dealer should be consulted if additional equipment is to be fitted as strong points may or may not be provided in the design.

Note: Fitting additional equipment willreduce the caravan allowable payload.

Page 17: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

17

Useful memory aid for other items.

CarDistilled waterExternal mirrorsFan beltFire extinguisherJackJump leadsPetrol canSocket setSpare bulbsSpare keysSpare wheelTool kitTowball coverTow ropeTyre pressure gaugeWarning triangleTyre Pump

CaravanAwning pegs and polesAwning ground sheetBattery 12 volt chargerBucketCorner steady braceCorner steady padsCoupling lockDoor matFire blanketFire extinguisherFresh water containerGas cylinder

Gas regulatorJackLevelling boardsMalletSite/caravan mains leadSpare bulbs

(Mandatory in E.C.)Spare 12v fusesSpare gas hoseSpare wheelSpirit levelToilet fluidWaste water containerWheel brace

PersonalAfter sun creamFirst Aid KitFlannelsHairbrush and combMake up. etc.RaincoatsToothbrushToothpasteScissorsShampooShaving kitShoe cleaning kitSoapSun tan oilWellington boots

DomesticAdhesive tapeAir freshenerAluminium foilAshtraysBin linersBinocularsBottle openerBreadboardBreadbinBrush and dustpanButter dishCamera and filmsCarving knifeCassette recorderChairsClockClothes brushClothes lineCoat hangersCoffee percolatorCoolboxColanderCrockeryCruetCorkscrewCutleryDish cloth and brushDusters and polishDisposable clothsEgg cupsElectrical extension lead

Floor clothFly sprayFoodFood mixerFrying panGlassesGrill panJugsKettleKitchen rollKitchen toolsLitter binMatchesMeasuring jugMilk jugMixing bowlNeedles and threadOven glovesPegsPiezo Gas lighterPotato peelerPressure cookerRadioRubbish binSalad shakerSaucepansScissorsSieveSugar bowlShopping bagsSleeping bagsTea pot

Tea strainerTea towelsTable clothsTable matsTelevisionTin openerTissuesToilet paperTorchTowelsToys & GamesVacuum cleanerWashing up bowl

DocumentsBail Bonds

(some Euro countries)Bank and credit cardsCaravan CertificateCheque bookCRIS documentDriving licenceGreen Card Insurance

(some Euro countries)Maps and guidesMoneyMOT CertificateVehicle Registration

Documents

The Towing Code

Page 18: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

18

Fig. A Loading your caravan

(a)

(c)

(b)

(d)

WARNING: Turn off gas appliances except those heating appliances designed to function while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING: Do not travel with televisions or microwaves in overhead lockers unless the appliance was supplied fitted to your caravan by the manufacturer.

LOADING AND DISTRIBUTION OFWEIGHT IN THE CARAVANDo not exceed recommended maximum loading for your caravan.

1. Load heavy items low down near the floor and mainly over or just in front of the axle(s) (Fig. A).

2. Load evenly right to left so that each

caravan wheel carries approximately the same weight.

3. Do not load items at the extreme front or rear since this can lead to instability due to the ‘pendulum effect’.

4. Load remainder to give a suitable noseweight at the towing coupling.

Check noseweight.

Note: Do not overload car boot.

Note: Please take care to ensure that youhave allowed for the masses of all itemsyou intend to carry in the caravan.

WARNING: All heavy and/or voluminousitems (e.g. TV, radio etc) must be storedsecurely before travelling.

PREPARING FOR THE ROADPRE-LOAD CHECKLISTCaution: Never enter the caravan withoutfirst lowering the four corner steadies withthe brace provided.

BEFORE LOADING CHECK:

- loose articles are stowed securely. Do not stow tins, bottles or heavy items in overhead lockers prior to towing.

- all lockers and cupboard doors are closed and secured.

- all bunks are secure.

- all rooflights are closed and secured.

- main table is stored in its transit position.

- fridge is on 12v operation and door lock is set.

- all windows are fully closed and latched. Never tow with windows on night setting. Leave all curtains and blinds open to aid rear visibility.

- gas cylinders are correctly positioned, secured and turned off.

- battery is secure and mains connecting cable is disconnected and stowed.

- 12v distribution panel selector switch is set to the van position.

WARNING: The fridge will only operate in transit when the 12V distribution panelselector switch is in the 'VAN' position.

Page 19: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

19

Towing vehicle’s rear suspensionIt is important that the towing vehicle’s rearsuspension is not deflected excessively bythe noseweight on the tow ball. If it isexcessive the steering and stability will beaffected. (Fig. B)

The greater the towing vehicle’s tail overhang(the distance between the rear axle and thetow ball), the greater the effect thenoseweight will have on the towing vehicle’srear suspension.

After trying out the caravan it may be foundthat a stiffening of the rear suspension isnecessary - but note that this may give thetowing vehicle a firmer ride when not towing.

There are a number of suspension aidsavailable and advice should be sought onwhich to use and how to fit. It is important toensure that the caravan is towed either levelor slightly nose down.

If you have any doubts about the suitabilityof your towbar for towing a caravan consultthe towing bracket manufacturer.

DO NOT exceed the:

• Gross Vehicle Mass (G.V.M. on car plate).

• Maximum Technically Permissible Laden Mass (M.T.P.L.M.) on the caravan.

• Gross Vehicle Combination Mass (Train Weight) (G.V.C.M. on car plate).

• Maximum Permissible Towing Mass.

• Vertical Static Load on the caravan coupling.

• Maximum Vertical Load on the car towballas specified by towing vehicle manufacturer.

STABILITYAll our models are of a well balanced designand should be exceptionally good towers.Most models have an AL-KO stabiliser fittedas standard. The common causes of poorstability include:

(a) Worn springs or loose spring fixings on the towing vehicle.

(b) Towing vehicle springs too soft.

(c) Insufficient noseweight.

(d) Nose of caravan is towing too high.

Fig. A Fig. B Illustration of excessive deflection of vehicle’s rear suspension

Sensible Loading:How to apportion it

LIGHTITEMS

MEDIUMITEMS

HEAVYITEMS

The Towing Code

Page 20: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

20

Galvanised steel chassisDrilling of the galvanised steel chassis willinvalidate the warranty and must not bedone.

TowballThe AL-KO stabiliser is designed to be usedwith a swan neck, fixed or detachabletowball. If you use a 'bolt on type' towballyou may need to replace your towball with aspecial extended neck towball.

If you have a bolt on type towball you shouldask your dealer to check clearance aroundthe towball to allow for the stabiliser toarticulate.

The AL-KO extended neck towball (availablefrom your dealer) is approved and markedwith the approval number EC94/20. Failureto provide enough clearance around thetowball may invalidate your stabiliserwarranty.

AK160 Coupling HeadIf your caravan is fitted with an AK160coupling head the Towball must be lightlygreased.

Stabiliser Friction PadsThe AL-KO stabiliser uses 'friction pads'inside the coupling head to clamp thetowball. These pads must be kept free fromgrease and contamination from the towball.The friction pads should last approximately50,000km (30,000 miles) under normal use, ifcorrectly maintained.

Suitable towing vehiclesThe caravan is manufactured for towingbehind normal road cars and is not suitablefor towing behind commercial vehicles. It isstrongly recommended that whenever acaravan is to be towed over rough terrain,e.g. a farmer’s field or track, great careshould be taken to ensure that no unduestress is placed upon the caravan via thehitch mounting, i.e. reduce speed. If indoubt, please consult the chassis manufac-turer and the towing vehicle manufacturerwho will advise. Touring caravans based onstandard AL-KO chassis can be towed byfour wheel drive off road leisure vehiclesproviding the unit is used to tow in a likemanner to a conventional road-going car anddriven in the same considered manner.

Towbar manufacturers should be consultedbefore towing an uncompensated twin axlecaravan.

SnakingThis is a term used to denote an unstablecar and caravan combination where thecaravan ‘weaves’ from side to side oftencausing a similar swaying movement in thecar itself.

Causes:i) Unsuitable or unbalanced outfit.ii) Incorrect loading or weight distribution.iii) Excessive speed especially downhill.iv) Side winds.v) Overtaking.

vi) Being overtaken by a large fast moving vehicle.

vii) Erratic driving.viii) Insufficient tyre pressures.ix) Mixing radial and cross ply tyres.

Cures:Cases of persistent snaking can bealleviated by the use of a stabiliser.

On the roadIf you do find your outfit snaking, try to keepthe steering wheel in a central position as faras possible, decelerate and avoid braking ifpossible.

OTHER IMPORTANT TOWINGCONSIDERATIONS THAT COULD AFFECTSTABILITY

Types of tyres fittedThe original tyres fitted by the manufacturerare suitable for towing at maximum speed ofup to 81 mph (130 kph).

Maintenance checks should be carried outregularly for wear and tear.

Tyre pressures must be maintained, underinflation could lead to premature tyre failure.

Replacement tyres must be of the same size,load and speed index.

Periodically tyres should be rotated toequalise wear in the same manner as cartyres.

Do not mix four ply/six ply/eight ply tyres onthe same axle.

Page 21: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

WheelsCaravan wheel bolts should be tightened toa torque of 88Nm (65lb/ft) on steel wheels or115Nm (85lb/ft) on alloy wheels and shouldbe checked with the use of a torque wrenchregularly. Only use a spare wheel and tyre ofthe type and size provided with you caravan.

Wheel RimsBoth steel and Alloy wheel rims are the 5.5Jsize incorporating a double safety humpwhich conforms to European safetystandards.

If in any doubt, have your wheels checkedby a competent tyre supplier.

Hitch head load capacityThe maximum vertical static load which canbe put upon the hitch head when connected

is 100kg. Please refer to the technical data inyour handbook.

(But see also vehicle manufacturer’s weightlimits on towball loading.)

PRE-TOW CHECKLIST AND HITCH-UPFOR AK 3004 STABILISER

Check Gas Locker, Battery Locker andCassette Toilet doors are secure.

Check wheelnuts, tyre pressures and tyreconditions.

Fully raise all four corner steadies. (Fig. A).

Pick up any levelling pads or levelling boards.

Check rooflights/vents are securely closed.

Switch off gas supply and change over toelectricity if required.

Fig. B Safety Catch and HandleFig. A Winding Corner Steady

21

WARNING: If a wheel or tyre fitted to a wheel is changed any replacementmust be of the same type of construction and size.

Tyre treadThe law requires that tyres and pressuresmust be suitable for the use to which theyare being put. The minimum tread depth ofboth car and caravan tyres must be 1.6mmthroughout a continuous band comprising thecentral three quarters of the breadth of treadand around the entire circumference of thetyre.

Tyre pressuresTowing vehicle's tyres must be at thepressures recommended for towing or heavyloading as stated in handbook not on tyrewall. Towing stability may otherwise beaffected. Tyre pressures can be found on themanufacturers plate situated adjacent to themain exterior door and on the specificationpage in your service handbook.

Note: Although the caravan may be fittedwith the same type of tyre as the towingvehicle, the pressures specified are different.All charts show values for cars and aretherefore not applicable for caravans.Pressures displayed on tyre walls applyONLY in North America and Canada.

The Towing Code

Page 22: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

22

Fig. B Checking Secure Attachment Fig. C Connections - 7 pin PlugFig. A Handbrake

Adjust jockey wheel to lower cup on to theball. A click indicates it is fully engaged. Ensureblack handle has returned to its free position.

Secure caravan handbrake. (Fig. A)

Connect breakaway cable as described onpage 26.

Fig. D Hitch Head Visual Indicator

Lock the caravan exterior door.

An assistant can help in the hitchingoperation by standing on the left hand side ofthe drawbar (facing rear of car) and extendingan arm horizontally to indicate position of thecoupling. When reversing aim the towball ofthe car directly at the caravan drawbar.Remove towball cover and keep in car.

Adjust the jockey wheel to ensure the cup ishigh enough to slide over the towball.

Release caravan handbrake.

Position cup over the ungreased towball,release and lift forward the large redstabiliser handle (Fig. B, page 21) lift forwardthe exposed smaller black handle (Fig. B,page 21) until it clicks up.

The hitch head is fitted with a visual indicatorto show whether or not it is properlyconnected to the towball. A green band willshow immediately below the red indicatorbutton on the hitch head when a properconnection has been made. (See Fig. D)

WARNING: If the green band is showing when the hitch head is not connected to the towball there is a fault - contact your Dealer.

Page 23: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

23

Ensure that the jockey wheel is fully woundup and properly located in the slots, thenrelease the clamp handle, lift the whole unitas high as possible and retighten the clamphandle.

Note: Ensure jockey wheel locates in recessprovided. Carelessness could result indamage to the A frame cover

Take hold of the caravan under the rubbergaiter behind the coupling and lift toascertain whether the caravan is properlyattached. (Figs. B & D.)

Lock hitch if possible (see Safety andSecurity, page 36).

Connect 7 pin plugs to car sockets ensuringthere is enough loose cable for cornering,(Fig. C) ensuring they wont drag on theground.

Check all car and caravan roadlights areworking. Check round the caravan foranything left behind.

Release caravan handbrake, adjust allmirrors from driving seat and proceed.

PRE-TOW CHECKLIST AND HITCH-UPFOR AK 160 COUPLING HEAD

Check Gas Locker, Battery Locker (if fitted)and Cassette Toilet (if fitted) door/s aresecure.

Check wheelnuts, tyre pressures and tyreconditions.

Fully raise all four corner steadies. (Fig. A,Page 21).

Pick up any levelling pads or levelling boards.

Check rooflights/vents are securely closed.

Switch off gas supply and change over toelectricity if required.

Lock the caravan exterior door.

An assistant can help in the hitchingoperation by standing on the left hand sideof the drawbar (facing rear of car) andextending an arm horizontally to indicateposition of the coupling. When reversing aimthe towball of the car directly at the caravandrawbar. Remove towball cover and keep incar.

Adjust the jockey wheel to ensure the cup ishigh enough to slide over the towball.

Release caravan handbrake.

Position cup over greased towball, releasesafety catch and lift handle (Fig. B). Thehitch head is fitted with a visual indicator toshow whether or not it is properly connectedto the towball. A green band will showimmediately below the red indicator buttonon the hitch head when a proper connectionhas been made. (See Fig. D, Page 22)

WARNING: Serious damage will occur unless the locking button is depressed first and the handle lifted forward beforethe caravan is lowered manually. This prevents the noseweight being transmitted through the locking button.

WARNING: If the green band is showing when the hitch head is not connected to the towball there is a fault - contact your Dealer.

Fig. B Safety Catch and Handle

The Towing Code

Page 24: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

Fig. B Checking Secure AttachmentFig. A Handbrake Fig. D Hitch Head Visual Indicator

24

Adjust jockey wheel to lower cup on to theball. A click indicates it is fully engaged. Ensurelocking button has returned to its free position.

Secure caravan handbrake. (Fig. A)

Connect breakaway cable (emergencybraking device) in the form of a noose tosuitable anchorage point on towbar. DO NOTattach to towball. (See page 26)

Ensure that the jockey wheel is fully woundup and properly located in the slots, thenrelease the clamp handle, lift the whole unitas high as possible and retighten the clamphandle.

Note: Ensure jockey wheel locates in recessprovided. Carelessness could result indamage to the A frame cover.

Take hold of the caravan under the rubbergaiter behind the coupling and lift toascertain whether the caravan is properlyattached. (Figs. B & D.)

Lock hitch if possible (see Safety andSecurity, page 36).

Connect 7 pin plugs to car sockets ensuringthere is enough loose cable for cornering.(Fig. C, Page 22)

Check all car and caravan roadlights areworking. Check round the caravan foranything left behind.

Release caravan handbrake, adjust allmirrors from driving seat and proceed.

Page 25: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

25

ROAD LIGHTINGFor your information the wiring diagram ofthe 12N and 12S connectors is shownopposite. These should be checked regularlyand if in any doubt a qualified electricianconsulted.

Some European cars may be equipped withVolta, Jeager, West or multi-con sockets, anadaptor or replacement sockets may berequired. If so consult your dealer or qualifiedelectrician.

The wiring allocations were changed in 1998and it is important that you check the car tocaravan connections are compatible prior tocoupling up to the car.

WARNING: Always disconnect the electrical connector between the towing vehicle and the caravan before connecting a low voltage supply to the caravan (mains) and before charging the battery (EN 1648-1).

• All road lights must be in working order.

• Lenses and reflectors must be in good condition

• Bulbs must be of correct wattage for the application (see Service handbook).

TERMINAL COLOUR 12N PLUG1 YELLOW L/H INDICATOR2 BLUE REAR FOG LAMP3 WHITE COMMON RETURN (1-7)4 GREEN R/H INDICATOR5 BROWN R/H SIDE TAIL & No PLATE LIGHT6 RED STOP LAMP7 BLACK L/H SIDE TAIL & No PLATE LIGHT

TERMINAL COLOUR 12S PLUG1 YELLOW REVERSING LIGHT2 BLUE NO ALLOCATION3 WHITE NEGATIVE PIN 44 GREEN CONTINUOUS POWER SUPPLY5 BROWN NO ALLOCATION6 RED FRIDGE7 BLACK RETURN FOR FRIDGE

12N AND 12S VIEWED FROM REAR OF PLUG

12N (BLACK) 12S (GREY)

TUBES

PINS

PINS

STRIPS

PIN NO COLOUR DESCRIPTION1 YELLOW LEFT FLASHER2 BLUE FOG HAZARD LIGHT3 WHITE EARTH FOR 1-84 GREEN RIGHT FLASHER5 BROWN RIGHT TAIL LIGHT6 RED STOP LIGHTS7 BLACK LEFT TAIL LIGHT8 ORANGE REVERSE LIGHTS9 BROWN/BLUE CAR +

10 BROWN/RED FRIDGE11 WHITE/BLACK EARTH FOR 1012 NOT YET ALLOCATED13 WHITE/GREEN EARTH FOR 9

PIN NO COLOUR DESCRIPTION1 YELLOW LEFT FLASHER2 BLUE FOG HAZARD LIGHT3 WHITE EARTH FOR 1-84 GREEN RIGHT FLASHER5 BROWN RIGHT TAIL LIGHT6 RED STOP LIGHTS7 BLACK LEFT TAIL LIGHT8 ORANGE REVERSE LIGHTS9 BROWN/BLUE CAR +

10 BROWN/RED FRIDGE11 WHITE/BLACK EARTH FOR 1012 NOT YET ALLOCATED13 WHITE/GREEN EARTH FOR 9

VOLTA/JEAGER & MULTICON FEDER 13 PIN PLUGS (viewed from rear)

VOLTA/JEAGER WESTMULTICONFEDER 13K

The Towing Code

Page 26: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

26

WARNING: Do not cause any road lighting to be obscured by the addition of any options or accessories to your caravan.

PASSENGERSPassengers are forbidden to ride in acaravan.

BREAKAWAY CABLESUK law requires that all caravans are fittedwith a safety device to provide protection inthe unlikely event of separation of the maincoupling while in motion. A device referredto as a 'breakaway cable' fulfils thisrequirement and when fitted as on yourcaravan is mandatory.

PurposeTo apply the caravans brakes if it becomesseparated from its towing vehicle. Havingdone this, the cable assembly is designed topart allowing the caravan to come to a haltaway from the towing vehicle.

IdentificationA thin steel cable with a red plastic coatingfitted with a means of attachment forconnection to the towing vehicle. Locateddirectly beneath the coupling head.

OperationIn the event of the main coupling of thecaravan separating from the towing vehicle,the cable should be able to pull tight,

without any hindrance, engaing the caravanbrakes. The breakaway cable should notbecome taut during normal use.

Correct procedure for useRegularly check the cable and clip fordamage. If in doubt contact your SwiftGroup dealer.

Make sure the cable runs as straight aspossible and goes through the cable guidefitted underneath the caravan coupling head.

Determine whether or not the towing vehicletowbar has a designated attachment point(i.e. a part specifically designated for abreakaway cable).

Where a point is designated on the towbar:

• Pass the cable through the attachment point and clip it back on itself (figure 1).

• Do not clip directly onto the designated point (figure 2) since the clip is not designed for use in this way.

Where there is no designated attachmentpoint on the towbar:

• Fixed ball: Loop the cable around the neck of the towball in a single loop only. See figure 3A and 3B, Page 27.

• Detachable towball: You must seek guidance on procedure from the towing vehicle towbar manufacturer or supplier.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Page 27: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

27

When the breakaway cable is attached,check to ensure:

a) that the cable cannot snag in use on the caravan coupling head, jockey wheel, stabiliser or accessory e.g. bumper shield, cycle carrier etc.

b) that there is sufficient slack in the cable to allow the towing vehicle and caravan to articulate fully without the cable ever becoming taut and applying the brakes.

c) that it is not slack and can drag on the ground. If left loose, the cable may scrape along the ground and be weakened so that it subsequently fails to do its job. The cable may also be caught on an obstacle when in motion thus engaging the caravan brakes prematurely.

Having followed this advice, should you feelthat a satisfactory coupling arrangementcannot be achieved, consult your SwiftGroup dealer or towbar supplier.

MIRRORSThe driver of the towing vehicle must havean adequate view of the rear.

If there is no rear view through the caravan itis essential that additional exterior towingmirrors are fitted. This is mandatory in someEuropean countries and drivers can faceinstant fines if extension mirrors are not fitted.

Caution: Any rear view mirror must notproject more than 200 mm outside:

a) the width of the caravan when being towed.

b) the width of the towing vehicle when driven solo.

Note: Any rear view mirror fitted shall be ‘e’marked and cover the field of view asstipulated by type approval requirements(Regulation 33 of the Road Vehicles[Construction and Use] Regulation 1986).

MOVING OFF

Let the clutch in smoothly.

Allow more engine speed to produce thepower to move the additional weight of thecaravan.

Reduce wear and tear on clutch andtransmission by taking extra care.

Change gears smoothly.

Try not to jerk the clutch.

Fig. 3A

Fig. 3B

The Towing Code

Page 28: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

28

Fig. A Reversing

REVERSING

When the towing vehicle is reversing, theoverrun device shaft is pushing in, applyingthe brakes via the overrun lever, brake rodsystem, bowden cables and the expandermechanism.

The backwards rotation of the brake drumcauses the secondary brake shoe to collapsecancelling out the braking effect, allowing thetrailer to move backwards. At the same timethe transmission lever swings back andcompensates for the entire travel.

When reversing up a slope or on a loosesurface the brakes may apply themselves,Correct maintenance and set up of thebrakes will help prevent this. Incorrectadjustment of the wheel brakes or Linkageswill result in making reversing difficult.

Proficiency at reversing can only be achievedwith practice and should be first attempted ina large open area (Fig. A).

SPEED LIMITS

Normal road towing: 50mph

Motorways (including dual carriageways):60mph

CARAVAN HANDLING

Allow for caravan being wider than car.

Do not bump kerb with caravan wheels.

When passing other vehicles allow more thanthe normal clearance for driving solo.

Allow longer to get up speed to pass.

Allow for the outfit being twice its normallength.

Do not suddenly swing out.

Carry out all manoeuvres as smoothly aspossible.

Use nearside wing mirror to check caravanhas cleared when overtaking.

WARNING: Take care not to foul or ground caravan chassis whilst traversing ramps or other obstacles.

IMPORTANT POINTS ESPECIALLYFOR MOTORWAY DRIVING1. Caravans may not be towed in the out-

side lane of a three or four lane motor-way. (Reg. 12(2) of the Motorway Traffic [England and Wales] Regulations 1982).

2. Reduce Speed:i) In high or cross winds.ii) Downhill.iii) In poor visibility.

3. High sided vehicles cause air buffeting soextra care must be taken when passing orbeing passed. As much space as possible should be given.

Page 29: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

CHANGING A WHEEL1. Leave caravan hitched to towing vehicle

and ensure handbrake is applied.

2. Lower corner steadies (as safety measure) on the side that the wheel is being changed to stabilise the caravan.

3. Use wheel brace to slacken off wheel nuts on the wheel to be changed.

4. Position jack under the axle at the appropriate jacking point (see fig. B)

5. Jack up the caravan until the wheel for removal is just off the ground.

6. Remove the wheel nuts, wheel trims and remove the wheel.

7. Fit spare wheel and reverse the above procedure.

Ensure clean, dry mating surfaces andclean, dry bolt/nut sealing areas.

8. Tighten all five bolts, according to Fig. A,to 88Nm (65lb/ft) for steel wheels or115Nm (85lb/ft) for alloy wheels using atorque wrench or have checked as soonas possible.

Ensure the correct wheel fixings are used,as supplied with your caravan

IMPORTANTWhen a wheel has been removed andreplaced the torque of the wheel nuts shouldbe re-checked after approximately 15 milesof running. (See 8 above).

WHEEL BOLT TIGHTENING

When refitting a wheel it is ESSENTIAL thatthe wheel bolts are tightened to therecommended torque figure and in thecorrect sequence.

The sequences necessary to correctly carryout this work on a 5 stud wheel is as follows:

Fig. B Side Lift Jack

Fig. A

29

1

3 4

5 2

5 Stud

The Towing Code

Page 30: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

The Towing Code

30

JACKING POINTS

WARNING: Only jack up your caravan when it is coupled up to the car with its handbrake applied and in 1st gear (engine off).

Ensure that the jack is located in the correctposition, i.e. on the jacking bracket on thechassis for the AL-KO side mounted jack(Fig.B). Alternatively the reinforced axlemounting plate can be used as an alternativebut the chassis member itself MUST NEVERbe used as a jacking point.

All caravans are provided with the facility tofit AL-KO side jacking points and although ascissor, trolley or bottle jack may be used, it is recommended that the side mounted AL-KO Jacking System should be used.

STOPPING ON A HILLPulling off again can sometimes present aproblem. The easy solution is

(i) Carry a good sized wedge shaped piece of wood with a rope or light chain attached.

(ii) Attach the other end of the rope to the nearside rear grab handle.

(iii) Place the wood behind the nearside caravan wheel.

(iv) Carefully reverse the car slightly back down the hill, the caravan will stop against the wedge and turn.

(v) Drive forward since this attempt to move up the hill will now not involve pulling the full weight of the caravan until the car hasgained some traction.

ARRIVAL ON SITENote: Check and observe site regulations.

1. Selecting a pitchDo not pitch in such a position that youroutfit will obstruct others coming in.

Try to choose an area which is dry, reason-ably level and preferably with a hard base.

If you have no alternative but to pitch on aslope ensure that, for when you leave, youare facing down the slope.

It is good practice to chock the wheels ofthe caravan when parked on a slope eventhough the caravan brakes are applied.

2. Levelling the caravanLevelling must be carried out in bothdirections in order for the refrigerator andother equipment to function correctly. Thisshould be done before unhitching thecaravan. Levelling boards (Fig. C) can beused to raise one side of the caravan bydriving or reversing the caravan onto theboards. Apply the handbrake and chock thewheels.

The positioning of the jockey wheel can beused to help level the caravan.

Lower the corner steadies until they are infirm contact with the ground.

DO NOT use the steadies as a jack they are only a means of stabilising the caravan.

Levelling pads or boards should be usedunder the steadies where the ground is softor uneven.

In extreme cases where it is necessary toraise a wheel off the ground for levellingpurposes, further adequate support shouldbe applied so that the steadies do not takeany undue strain.

Exterior DoorTo prevent distortion of the body, thecaravan must be always correctly sited andlevelled. Failure to site the caravan correctlymay prevent the exterior door from closingproperly.

Fig. C levelling Board

Page 31: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

31

3. UnhitchingApply the caravan handbrake.

Lower the jockey wheel to the ground.

Disconnect the breakaway cable and roadlighting plugs.

AKS3004

Release the stabiliser by lifting the redhandle. Then lift the exposed black handleforward until it clicks up, at the same timewinding down the jockey wheel, to lift thecaravan clear of the towing vehicle.

AK160

Operate the handle by depressing the lockingbutton on the lever mechanism and lift thehandle upwards and forwards, at the sametime winding down the jockey wheel, toassist in lifting the caravan clear of thetowing vehicle.

When this operation is complete, replacetowball cover and secure the 12N+12Scables in their storage cups.

Park your vehicle alongside the caravan onthe offside.

The Towing Code

Page 32: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

SAFETYAND

SECURITY

Fire .......................................................................................... 34Notice ................................................................................... 34In Case of Fire ...................................................................... 34Smoke Alarm......................................................................... 34Fire Extinguishers.................................................................. 35

Children ................................................................................... 35Ventilation .............................................................................. 35Security ................................................................................... 36

Caravan Theft ....................................................................... 36Chassis Number.................................................................... 36Additional Security ............................................................... 36Security Chips....................................................................... 36Caravan Insurance ................................................................ 36AL-KO secure immobiliser .................................................... 36

Page 33: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Safety & Security

FIREImportant: Your attention is drawn to thenotice affixed inside the caravan advising onfire precaution, ventilation and what to do incase of fire.

IN CASE OF FIRE

1. Get everyone out of the caravan as quickly as possible using whichever exit isthe quickest, including windows. Do not stop to collect any personal items.

2. Raise the Alarm. Call the Fire Brigade.

3. Turn off the gas supply valve if it is safe todo so.

4. Turn off the electricity supply at supply point.

SMOKE ALARM

This is approved by The National CaravanCouncil. The NCC requires that all new orused holiday homes sold by its members arefitted with a smoke alarm featuring an alarmsilence facility.

Maintenance

Test the smoke alarm every week, e.g. whendoing the vacuuming, by pressing the testbutton for at least 10 seconds. The alarmsignal is a penetrating, rapidly pulsatingsignal. The alarm sounds as long as the testbutton is pressed or there is smoke in the

detector. When the alarm goes off, alwayscheck carefully to see that there is no fireand never remove the battery from the alarmexcept when changing it!

Always test the alarm immediately after along period of absence. Under the testbutton, there is a red control lamp whichtwinkles once a minute. This shows that thebattery is correctly connected. If the alarmdoes not sound when testing, the batterymust be replaced. The alarm should bedusted and cleaned regularly with a slightlydamp cloth. In connection with annualbattery change or when required, e.g. falsealarm, clean and vacuum the alarm carefullyusing a soft brush.

Removing and Replacing the Alarm

Carefully twist the alarm anti-clockwise.

Replace as diagram above.

Battery Replacement

The battery lasts approximately one year.About a month before the battery iscompletely flat, the alarm emits a shortsignal once a minute, this is the signal thatthe battery needs changing. The alarm worksas normal during this time.

The battery should be 9 Volt batteries GP1604,S,A, Eveready 522,216, DuracellMN1604. Always test the alarm afterchanging the battery.

34

Test Button

Page 34: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Safety & Security

WARNING: Ensure that batteries are correctly installed. Positive terminal to positive contact (marked +), negative terminal to negative contact. Reversing a battery in its compartment will immediately drain the battery and could damage the smoke alarm.

WARNING: The electronic test button provides a full test of the unit’s functionality. DO NOT try to test the alarm with a naked flame, as this may present a potential fire hazard.

WARNING: Never use portable cooking or heating equipment other than electricheaters that are not of the direct radiant type, as it is a fire and asphyxiation hazard.

WARNING: Appliances such as cookers must not be used for heating.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

It is recommended that a 1kg (2lb) minimumcapacity dry powder fire extinguisher becarried inside your caravan at all times.

When using a dry powder extinguisher it issuggested that the caravan be evacuateduntil the powder has settled, to avoidinhalation.

A fat pan fire should not have a fireextinguisher aimed at it. It should besmothered with a fire blanket.

WARNING: Provide one dry powder fire extinguisher of an approved type or complying with ISO 7165, of at least 1kg capacity, by the main exterior door and a fire blanket next to the cooker. Familiarise yourself with the instructionson your fire extinguisher and the local fire precaution arrangements.

ESCAPE PATHS

It is important that you do not block escapepaths to emergency exits with obstructionsor hazards.

CHILDRENDo not leave children alone in the caravan inany event. Keep potentially dangerous itemsout of reach, as at home e.g. matches, drugsetc.

VENTILATIONAll caravans comply with BS EN 721. Theventilation points on your caravan are fixedpoints of ventilation which are required bythe European Standards.

All caravans have ventilation at high leveland low level which have been calculated tosuit the individual needs of your caravan.

High level ventilation is achieved by meansof the roof lights and washroom roofventilators. The low level ventilators arepositioned underneath the oven housing.Some models with sliding doors have twovents located underneath the sliding doors.

Under no circumstances must these ventsbe blocked or obstructed.

It is advised that fixed ventilation points arechecked and cleaned (if necessary) on aregular basis using a small brush and adomestic vacuum cleaner.

Additional night time ventilation is obtainedby releasing the window catches and placingthem in the second groove. Note thewindows are not sealed from rain in thisposition.

As the ventilation levels are calculated to suiteach models requirements there should beno modifications made which may result inreduced ventilation levels.

WARNING: Do not obstruct ventilation.

35

Page 35: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Safety & SecurityPetrol/Diesel FumesThe fitting of a tail pipe to your car exhaustwill reduce the possibility of fumes enteringyour caravan through the ventilation points.

Note: Never allow modification of electricalor LPG systems and appliances except byqualified persons at an authorised SwiftGroup dealership.

SECURITYCaravan theftThe theft of a caravan can occur in the mostunlikely circumstances; from a motorwayservice area, even from an owner’s driveway.

Secure all windows and doors when yourcaravan is unoccupied even if only for a shortlength of time.

Chassis numberRecord your caravan chassis number whichcan be found on the front offside section ofthe drawbar (Fig. A) or any of the eye levelwindows.

Make a note of this number in the spaceprovided at the front of this handbook andmake a separate note of the number to keepsafe at home.

Additional securityConsider fitting any device which might deteror prevent intrusion by thieves.

A hitch lock cover prevents towing of thecaravan.

A wheel lock prevents towing of the caravanand removal of the wheel.

Customers are advised to identify theircaravan with a method for subsequentidentification if other forms of identificationhave been altered or removed.

Free crime prevention advice about securingyour caravan, protecting your valuables,property marking, either at home or whilst onsite, can be obtained from the CrimePrevention Officer through your local PoliceStation.

36

Fig. A Chassis Number

SECURITY CHIPS

A special security chip is concealed withinthe body of every caravan. This chip containsthe individual identity of your caravan andcan only be read by using a special decoder.Your local police can obtain the use of adecoder by contacting C.R.I.S. on telephoneno: 01722 411430

CARAVAN INSURANCE

It is recommended that the caravan and itscontents should be insured against theft.

It is essential to check with your carinsurance company to ensure you arecovered when towing your caravan.

AL-KO SECURE IMMOBILISER

The AL-KO immobiliser is fitted as standardon some models, optional on others. Whenfitted the 4 part kit specified below issupplied with your caravan. Your kit willcontain : -

Part ABox containing security components.consisting of:

- 1off High security locking bolt

- 1off High security locking bar socket key

- 1off Barrel lock

- 2off Barrel lock keys

Page 36: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Safety & Security- Instruction manuals in CD and paper

format.

- Security registration card and referencenumber

Part BWheel specific insert assembly consisting of:

- Red coloured wheel insert lozengeassembled with the locking bar and circlip

Part C

- 1off Wheel spanner

Part D

- Kit bag.

YOU MUST REGISTER YOUR KEY WITHINONE MONTH OF THE DATE OFPURCHASE. SHOULD YOU FAIL TO DOTHIS, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TOORDER A SPARE KEY!

- Within your AL-KO kit will find an exclusivesecurity number.

- Please register your card by telephoning0870 7576788 or 0044 1926 818500.

- You will need to provide a password andprovide an answer to a prompting securityquestion.

- Make a note of your password and keep itin a safe place.

- Keep your registration card safe.

- Take your registration card with you whenyou are travelling with the caravan.

- Always keep your registration separatefrom the lock.

SAFETY INFORMATION

- Always secure the caravan against rollingaway (chock or couple to a towing vehicle).

- Never leave Secure parts (key, adapter,registration card) in the caravan.

- Always remove AL-KO Secure beforemoving the caravan.

- After any attempt of theft has been madeon a locked AL-KO Secure, the caravanmust be inspected at an AL-KO ApprovedService Workshop.

- Always keep the key in a safe place.

- Keep the lock set and registration cardseparate from the key.

- The lock parts and key do not have aregistration number, therefore keep theregistration card in a safe place.

- Caravans with twin axles have two locks,keep each lock set in a separate place.The sets are not interchangeable!

AL-KO OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

- READ THE AL-KO OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS AND ACT INACCORDANCE WITH THEM.

37

- INSTRUCTIONS FOR GENERAL USE.

- FOLLOW ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ASWELL AS THE WARNING INFORMATION.

- IT IS RECOMMENDED FOR EASE OF FITTHAT A SIDE-LIFT JACK BE USED.

- KEEP THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

THE AL-KO SIDE LIFT JACK(SUPPLIED AS STANDARD ON SPECIFIC MODELS ONLY)

The AL-KO Side Lift Jack has beenspecifically developed to aid the oftendifficult process of changing a wheel oncaravans. It is suitable for fitment to theAL-KO chassis, from, appropriate bracketmounting holes have been pre-punched intothe longitudinal members as standard.

OPERATION

To operate the jack, insert the metal JackCollar into the lower edge of the bracket

Page 37: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

SERVICES

Connection of Services ......................................................... 40Water ....................................................................................... 40

Typical Water Schematic Drawing ........................................ 40Truma Compact Crystal 2 ..................................................... 41Whale fresh water inlet (if fitted) ........................................... 42Posiflo Water Pump .............................................................. 42Shure-flo pump ..................................................................... 43Inboard Water Tanks and On-line Water Systems................ 45Truma Waterline & Whale Aqua source ................................ 47Microswitch Taps .................................................................. 49Comet Roma Single Lever Mixer Tap ................................... 49Reich Kama Single Lever Mixer Tap ..................................... 50Guidance on Cleaning........................................................... 51

Gas ........................................................................................... 52Typical Gas Schematic Drawing ........................................... 52General Information .............................................................. 53Types of Gas ......................................................................... 53Gas Safety Advice................................................................. 54Thermal Insulation Heating ................................................... 55

Electricity ................................................................................ 56Instructions for Electricity Supply ......................................... 56Overseas Connection............................................................ 57Wiring of Connecting Cable and Caravan Mains Inlet.......... 58Typical Appliance Consumption Figures............................... 59

Page 38: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

ServicesConnection of services is dealt with underthe separate headings.

In all cases users should become familiarwith the equipment manufacturers’instructions.

Advice and leaflets, if not supplied with thecaravan, can be obtained from the suppliersof the equipment.

Before making connections of anydescription to the caravan or its equipment,ensure that ALL equipment is turned off.

WATER

40

WATERCARRIER

FILTER &HOSE

WATERINLET

WATER TANK

ISOLATION VALVE

WATERHEATER

C H

DRAINVALVES

TAPS

NONRETURNVALVE

DRAINVALVE

SELECTORVALVE

OVERFLOW

AQUASOURCE

FILTER / PUMP / ACCUMULATOR

Water system schematic caravanwith water tank

TAPS

DRAINVALVES

WATERINLET

WATERHEATER

CH

WATERCARRIER

FILTER &HOSE

AQUASOURCE

NONRETURNVALVE

DRAINVALVE

FILTER / PUMP / ACCUMULATOR

Water system schematic caravanwithout water tank

Page 39: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

TRUMA COMPACT CRYSTAL 2(IF FITTED)

Raise the lid, clean both the water socketand the plug of the pump assembly.

Plug the pump connector into the socket.Turn the top security clip anti-clockwise andthe bottom security clip clockwise to lockthe plug into place.

Place the pump into the water container,ensuring that it is fully submerged beforeoperating the system. A dust cover isavailable to stop contaminates falling into thewater container.

To remove the pump assembly from theCrystal Compact Housing, release thesecurity clips and pull the hose adaptor byusing the finger grips provided.

Do not remove by pulling the hose or electric cable.

41

WATERCARRIER

SUBMERSIBLEPUMP

WATERINLET

TRUMA OR ALDEWATER HEATER

WATER TANK

TANK DRAIN VALVE

DRAINVALVESNON

RETURNVALVE

DRAINVALVE

FILTER& PUMP

SOLENOID

OVERFLOW

C H

TAPS

WATERLINE

Water system schematicCameo with water tank

pump connection

dust cover

Services

Page 40: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

When using the Winter Kit the blanking plugprovided will be fitted to the housing notbeing used.

Clean the water system at the start andend of the season with sterilising fluid(see notes under sterilising).

If the pump fails to deliver water the mostlikely cause will be air in the system. Switchoff the pump and shake the pump assemblyin the water. Then switch on again.

STERILISING

1. When cleaning the water system at the start or the end of the season it is advisable to use a sterilising fluid e.g. Chempo SDP or similar.

2. Flush the system thoroughly to remove the effective fluid traces.

3. After sterilising the system at the start of the season it is recommended that a newfilter cartridge (if fitted) should be fitted. (Not standard).

WHALE FRESH WATER INLET(IF FITTED)The hose and carbon filter assemblysupplied with your caravan, is to beconnected to the water inlet on the exteriorof your caravan, to draw water from anexternal container.

Place carbon filter fitted to hose, into watercontainer.

Insert plug into wall socket and close lid tolock plug in place (see image)

Adjust dust cover over water containeropening. Please note dust cover covershould not be secured to water container asair must be allowed to enter container toreplace water being drawn out.

Ensure drain valves in water system andat water heater are in closed positions(See page 44 for more detail)

Open one hot tap (kitchen sink) withincaravan.

With 12V power available to applianceswithin the caravan, switch the pump‘ON/OFF’ switch on the control panel to the‘ON’ position.

Water will flow from the open tap after fillingthe water heater. This can take a fewminutes if the heater is empty. The watermay be at first grey in colour which is quitenormal, the discolouration is due to harmlessmedia being flushed out of the new filtercartridge.

When water is flowing smoothly close hottap and open cold tap to expel anyremaining air in the system. Repeat this ateach tap / shower mixer in the caravan.

The system is now ready for use. Hose canbe inserted into plug groove (see image) tokeep filter off ground while refilling watercontainer. Keep socket lid shut at all timeswhen plug is removed.

When the caravan is left unattended or watersupply has been allowed to empty, toprevent the pump running continuously(which can cause pump damage) turn thepump switch on the control panel to the‘OFF’ position.

A pack containing two replacement filters(product code WF3000) is available.Filters will need to be replaced after filtering3000 litres (approx. 33 days of normal use).These filters are not designed for removingbacteria and should not be used on watersupplies of an unknown bacterial quality.

Take care to retain the o-ring seal whenreplacing filters.

POSIFLO FRESH WATER PUMP(CAMEO)Fresh water is supplied to the caravan onsome models by the Posiflo pump.

The pump is designed for continuous useand is self priming.

42

Services

Page 41: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

SHURE FLO PUMP ANDACCUMULATOR ASSEMBLY

SHURFLO RV FRESH WATERPUMP

INSTALLATION AND OPERATION Shurflo’s patented RV Fresh Water Pumps fordrinking water were developed to deliverysmooth, consistent flow at all ranges ofoperation, while drawing low current. Thebalanced diaphragm design incorporatesprecision ball bearings for long life. Eachmotor is equipped with an integral thermalbreaker and all units are CE approved. RVfresh water pumps are enclosed to preventincidental moisture from entering; however,they are not intended for environment wheresplashed water is present. When installedcorrectly, RV Fresh Water Pumps provideyears of quiet operation.

General Information

Shurflo water pumps meet the essentialhealth and safety requirements and are inconformity with the EU EMC directive89/336/FEC as specified in EN 55014 (1993).

Shurflo realises that in many instances ourpump is being installed as a replacementpump within an existing system. Thefollowing guidelines should be considered toachieve optimum pump operation.

Mounting

The pump can be at the same level or belowthe water tank. It may be positioned abovethe water tank if needed, as it is capable or a6 ft. (1.8m) vertical prime. Horizontal inlettubing will allow priming to 30 ft. (9m).

The pump should not be located in an areaof less than one cubic foot (0.03m) unlessadequate ventilation is provided. Excessiveheat may trigger the integral thermal breakerand interrupt operation. When thetemperature drops, the breaker willautomatically reset and start the operation.The pump may be mounted in any position.

The mounting feet are intended to isolate thepump from the mounting surface; overtightening, flattening, or use of oversizedscrews will reduce the ability to isolatevibration/noise.

Winterizing

If water is allowed to freeze in the system,serious damage to the plumbing and thepump may occur. Failures of this type willvoid the warranty. The best guaranteeagainst damage is to completely drain thewater system. However, non-toxic antifreezefor fresh water, available at local RV centres,may be used.

CAUTION: Do not use AutomotiveAntifreeze to winterize drinking watersystems. Such solutions are highly toxic.Ingestion may cause serious injury ordeath. To properly drain the systemperform the following:

Drain the water tank. If the tank doesn’thave a drain valve open all taps allowing thepump to operate (15min. ON. 15 min. OFF)until the tank is empty.

Open all the taps (including the lowest valveor drain in the plumbing) and allow the pumpto purge the water from the plumbing, thenturn the pump OFF.

Using a pan to catch the remaining water,remove the plumbing at the pump’sinlet/outlet ports. Turn the pump ON,allowing it to operate until the water isexpelled. Turn OFF power to the pump oncethe plumbing is emptied. DO not reconnectpump plumbing. Make a note at tank filleras a reminder: “Plumbing is Disconnected”.

43

1

2

3

Upper HousingSwitch Assembly

ValveAssembly

DriveAssembly

Motor

Pump Head

5

4

Services

Page 42: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

ServicesAll taps must be left open to guard againstany damage.

TROUBLESHOOTINGVibration induced by road conditions ortransporting can cause plumbing or pumphardware to loosen. Check for systemcomponents that are loose.Many symptoms can be resolved by simplytightening the hardware. Check the followingitems along with other particulars of yoursystem.

PUMP WILL NOT START/BLOWS CIRCUIT

- Electrical connections, fuse or breaker,main switch and ground connection.

- Is the motor hot? Thermal breaker mayhave triggered; it will reset when cool.

- Is voltage present at the switch? Bypassthe pressure switch. Does the pumpoperate?

- Charging System for correct voltage(±10%) and good ground.

- For an open or grounded circuit, or motor;or improved sized wire.

- For seized or locked diaphragm assembly(water frozen?).

WILL NOT PRIME/SPUTTERS:

(No discharge/motor runs)

- Is the strainer clogged with debris?

- Is there water in the tank, or has aircollected in the hot water heater?

- Is the inlet tubing/plumbing sucking in air atplumbing connections (vacuum leak?)

- Is the inlet/outlet plumbing severelyrestricted or kinked?

- Proper voltage with the pump operating(±10%)

- For debris in pump inlet/outlet valves orswollen/dry valves

- Pump housing for cracks or loose driveassembly screws

PUMP WILL NOT SHUT-OFF/RUNS WHENTAP IS CLOSED:

- Output side (pressure) plumbing for leaks,and inspect for leaky valves or toilet

- For air trapped in outlet side (water heater)pump head

- For correct voltage to pump (±10%)

- For loose drive assembly or pumphead screws

- Are the valves or internal check vale heldopen by debris or is rubber swollen?

- Pressure switch operation/adjustmentincorrect, refer to shut-off adjustment forswitch

NOISY OR ROUGH OPERTION:

- For plumbing which may havevibrated loose

- Is the pump plumbed with rigid pipecausing noise to transmit?

- Does the mounting feet that are loose orare compressed too tight

- For loose pump head to motor screws(3 long screws)

- The motor with pump head removed.Is noise from motor or pump head?

RAPID CYCLING:

- Pressure switch shut-off adjustment

- Water filter/purifier should be on separatefeed line

- For restrictive plumbing, flow restrictors intaps/shower heads

LEAKS FROM PUMP HEAD OR SWITCH:

- For loose screws at switch or pump head

- Switch diaphragm ruptured or pinched

- For punctured diaphragm if water is presentin the drive assembly

44

Page 43: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

LIMITED WARRANTYShurflo warrants its RV Duty Fresh WaterPumps to be free of defects in workmanshipand materials under normal use, for twoyears beginning with the purchase date ofthe unit.

This warranty does not extend to any Shurfloproducts, which have been misapplied,improperly installed or altered outside theShurflo factory.

Accessories & Fittings

Shurflo’s warrants its accessories and fittingsto be free of defects in workmanship andmaterials (under normal use) for one yearbeginning with the purchase date of theaccessory or fitting.

This warranty does not extend to any Shurfloproducts, which have been misappliedand/or improperly installed.

All Products

Shurflo is not responsible nor will it reimbursefor labour necessary to remove and reinstall apump and/or fittings and accessories if founddefective.

Shurflo’s obligation under this warranty policyis limited to the replacing or repairing(whichever it deems advisable) any such part,which is returned to Shurflo’s factory withtransportation charges pre-paid and whichupon Shurflo’s inspection is founddefective under the terms of this warranty.

SHURE FLO ACCUMULATOR

The Shure Flo pump is mounted with aShure Flo accumulator. The Shure FloAccumulator tank is a bladder type pressurestorage vessel and/or pulsation dampeningdevice designed to hold water underpressure. The accumulator tank providesadditional water storage to assist the pumpin meeting the total demands of the system.It extends pump life by eliminating pumppulsation on/off. The accumulator alsomakes small amounts of water available at amoments notice without cycling the pump.

The accumulator is pre-charged to 20 psi(1.4 bar) at the factory. This pressure mustnot be exceeded for long term storage orduring system non-use.

You can pre-charge the accumulator using abicycle pump and tyre pressure gauge.

The accumulator is fitted with an Schreidervalve on the top of the chamber that is verysimilar to a cycle tyre valve. Use the tyrepressure gauge to read the pressure in thechamber, increase or deflate the chamber asrequired.

The optimum pressure for the accumulator isas follows: The ACCUMULATOR PRE-CHARGE SHOULD BE EQUAL TO THEPRESSURE THAT THE PUMP STARTS UPAT (or the pressure that the pumps shuts offat less the switch differential)

The Accumulator is supplied with factory setpre-charged of 20 psi, and to work with the30psi pump installed should be set at 18psi,+/- 5psi.

INBOARD WATER TANKS ANDON-LINE WATER SYSTEMSPlease refer to the water system schematicson pages 40 & 41 with reference to theseinstructions. Three model specific systemsare in use:

- Pressure switched systems in caravanswith no internal water tank as alreadydescribed.

- Pressure switched systems in caravanswith an internal tank, featuring a singlepump with valve arrangement to cover allwater system requirements.

45

181-2xx

Services

Page 44: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

46

- Microswitched systems with an internalwater tank, using two pumps and asolenoid valve arrangement to cover allwater system requirements.

INTERNAL TANK OPERATIONS –PRESSURE SWITCHED SYSTEM

When an internal water tank is fitted optionsexist to supply water to the taps and showerfrom either the internal tank or the externalsupply.

Before using the water system ensure thatthe drain valves both in the hot and coldcircuit and adjacent to the water heater arein the closed positions (See page 44)

TO USE AN EXTERNAL WATER CARRIERTO SUPPLY THE TAPS:

- Ensure that the external hose and filterassembly is connected, and suspended inthe external water container with waterpresent.

- Close the tank isolation valve on the midright of the tank installation, (see diagrampage 44)

- Turn the selector valve to the left of thetank installation clockwise to connect theexternal supply to the water pump.

- Switch the pump switch to the ‘ON’position on the control panel

If the taps within the caravan are closed, thepump will run until the correct pressure is

attained within the plumbing. If the watersystem is being operated for the first time orfrom a drained condition, air in the systemwill need to be expelled. Opening the internaltaps in the caravan will allow this to happen,this should be repeated at the hot and coldposition of each tap / mixer, until water isflowing freely in all cases.

TO USE THE INTERNAL WATER TANK TOSUPPLY THE TAPS:

- Check the water level gauge on the controlpanel to confirm the water level within thetank.

- Close the tank isolation valve on the midright of the tank installation, (see diagrampage 44).

- Turn the selector valve to the left of thetank installation anti-clockwise to connectthe supply from the internal tank to thewater pump.

- Switch the pump switch to the ‘ON’position on the control panel

If the taps are closed within the caravan thepump will run until the correct pressure isattained within the plumbing system. If anyof the taps are open water will flow fromthose taps as soon as the pump is switchedon, unless the system is being run for thefirst time or from a drained condition.

TO FILL THE INTERNAL TANK:

- Ensure that the external hose and filterassembly is connected, and suspended inthe external water container with waterpresent.

- Open the tank isolation valve on the midright of the tank installation, (see diagrampage 44)

- Turn the selector valve to the left of the tankinstallation clockwise to connect theexternal supply to the water pump.

- Ensure all of the taps within the caravan arein their closed positions.

- Switch the pump switch to the ‘ON’position on the control panel

Water will now be drawn from the externalcontainer by the internal pump and forcedinto the internal tank. Water will flow into thetank until either the external container isempty, or the internal tank overflows.Progress can be monitored using the waterlevel gauge on the control panel.

INTERNAL WATER TANK OPERATIONS –MICROSWITCHED SYSTEMS (CAMEO)

When an internal water tank is fitted optionsexist to supply water to the taps and showerfrom either the internal tank or the externalsupply. A normally closed solenoid valve ismounted with the ‘Posiflo’ internal pump onthese models, and is controlled by a switch

Page 45: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

with neon indicator close to the entrancedoor of the caravan, in conjunction with atank fill function.

Before using the water system ensure thatthe drain valves both in the hot and coldcircuit and adjacent to the water heater are inthe closed positions (See page 36)

The solenoid valve and twin pump systemoperates in the following way:

TO USE AN EXTERNAL WATER CARRIERTO SUPPLY THE TAPS VIA THEEXTERNAL PUMP:

- Ensure that the external pump is connectedand suspended in the water container

- Ensure the solenoid valve is closed bymoving the solenoid/tank fill switch to the‘OFF’ position.

- Select external pump on the control panel.

The external pump will run when the taps areopened. If the solenoid/tank fill switch werein the ‘ON’ position during this operation,water would route water from the externalpump to both the taps and the internal tank.(The internal tank would overflow via fittedoverflow pipe when full).

TO USE THE INTERNAL WATER TANK TOSUPPLY THE TAPS:

- Check the water level gauge to confirmwater is present in the tank.

- Move the solenoid/tank fill switch to the‘OFF’ position.

- Select internal pump on the control panel

The internal pump will run when the taps areopened. If the solenoid valve were in the‘ON’ (open) position whilst the internal pumpwas running, pressure at the taps andshower would be reduced.

TO FILL THE INTERNAL TANK WITHSOLENOID VALVE FITTED

- Ensure the internal taps are closed.

- Ensure that the external pump is connectedand suspended in the water container withwater present.

- Check that the tank drain valve (located tothe right of the fresh water tank) is in theclosed position.

- With the pump selector switch on thecontrol panel in any position, switch thesolenoid / tank fill switch to the ‘ON’position.

Water will flow into the tank until either theexternal water container is empty, or theinternal tank overflows. Progress can bemonitored using the water level gauge on thecontrol panel.

TRUMA WATERLINE & WHALEAQUASOURCEThe Waterline and Aquasource allow mainswater to be connected to the caravan inplace of the submersible pump, or inlet hoseand filter, as shown on the water systemschematics. The Whale Aquasource can onlybe used with the Whale water inlet, and theTruma Waterline can only be used with theTruma water inlet. Both of these hosesfeature pressure reduction valves whichreduce mains water pressure to a level whichwill prevent damage to the caravan watersystem.

If a pressure switched system is installedand the Aquasource is plugged in instead ofthe hose and filter, the operation of the watersystem is unchanged. The pump will still runwhen an internal tap is opened or during atank filling operation.

If a microswitched twin pump system isinstalled, the Waterline provides water underpressure in place of an external pump.This water can be directed to the internaltank or the taps as detailed above.

When using an Aquasource system, do notsleep or leave the vehicle unattended withoutturning off the mains tap.

47

Services

Page 46: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

TRUMA WATERLINEThe Waterline allows mains water to beconnected to the caravan to supply water tothe taps and shower or internal tank.

WARNING: It is not recommended to tow with water in the onboard water tankas this could affect stability.

WARNING: Do not under any circumstances connect your caravan to the mains water supply without the pressure reducer fitted. Damage will occur to the caravan's water system.

1. Fig. A: Connect the fitted Crystal 2 pluginto the water inlet socket.

2. Uncoil the hose and screw cap adaptor tothe drinking water stand pipe. Plug in thehose adaptor.

3. Turn on the mains water supply and checkfor leaks.

Tank isolation and tank filling operationswith Waterline

The manual tank isolation valve,(see pictures below).

Valve open – With all taps closed, and drainvalve at tank and Ultrastore closed asdetailed earlier in text, water at reducedpressure from the waterline will flow into theinternal tank. This will continue until the tankoverflows via the fitted overflow pipe.Progress can be monitored on the waterlevel gauge on the control panel. The pumpselector switch on the control panel can bein either position. Valve closed – Check thatthe drain valve at the Ultrastore is closed.Select the central off position of the pumpselector switch on the control panel. Waterfrom the Waterline will only flow when thetaps are opened, and will not flow into theinternal tank.

Tank isolation and tank filling operationswith Waterline, with Solenoid valve fitted.

Tank fill / solenoid switch in ‘ON’ position -With all taps closed, and drain valve at tankand Ultrastore or Alde boiler closed asdetailed earlier, water at reduced pressurefrom the waterline will flow into the internal

tank. This will continue until the tankoverflows via the fitted overflow pipe.Progress can be monitored with the waterlevel gauge on the control panel. Theposition of the pump selector switch on thecontrol panel is not important during thisoperation.

Tank fill / solenoid switch in ‘OFF’ position -check that the drain valve at the Ultrastore orAlde boiler is closed as detailed earlier.Select internal pump with the pump selectorswitch on the control panel. Water from theWaterline will only flow when the taps areopened, and will not flow into the internaltank.

48

Fig. A Fig. B

OPEN CLOSED

Page 47: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

49

MICROSWITCH TAPSThe micro switch taps are used when thewater supply is not pressurised.

When the tap is turned on, the micro switch(which is fitted inside the tap) activates thepump to supply water.

OperationSwivel the tap spout (a) to the desiredposition over the sink, lift the control lever (b)to activate the pump and allow water to flowsimultaneously. To adjust the temperatureswivel the lever (c) to the left or right asshown below.

Note: Before commencing microswitchreplacement ensure instructions are readthrough thoroughly. The entire process canbe completed without the need to removethe tap from the worktop.

Before you Start1. Ensure pump is isolated.

2. Position lever in central, i.e. mixer, off location.

COMET ROMASINGLE LEVERMIXER TAP

Required tools

- Pipe wrench

- Cross-pointscrew-driver

- Flat-bladedscrew driverinside thehandle.

Step 1

- Remove themarker cap

Step 2

- Remove thescrew fromthe controlknob

- Pull themicroswitchout of thecontrol knob

Step 3

- Remove the dome

- Remove the small screwbetween cartridge andclosure

Step 4

- Remove the snap ring(small plastic piece)

Step 5

- Remove the snap ringwith the Pipe wrench(Turn left or right)

Step 6

- Pull the cartridge out ofthe housing

- Remove the old microswitch

Tools

1

2

43

5

6

Page 48: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

50

6. Pull out the ceramiccartridge (3).

7. If the cartridge isdefect:- Remove the brass

ring (4) from the top of the cartridge

- Install a new ceramic cartridge, part no.: 240-0528M

- Make sure that the cartridge is in the

right position.

8. If the microswitch is defect:- Pull the wire out of the mixer- Install a new

microswitch, part no.: 240-06220M.

9. Install ceramic cartridge, brass ring, brass nut, rosette and handle in the opposite way.

Maintenance

To prevent your single mixer tap KAMA frombeing impacted by frost, always drain the tapin the middle position of the handle.

The middle position of the handle is markedby an arrow!

Step 7

- Put in the cable fromthe new microswitch.

You need 50 mm cablelength over the top ofthe housing.

Step 8

- Insert the cartridge.

Step 9

- Refit the component parts in reversesequence.

Steps 5 to 1

REICH KAMA SINGLE LEVER MIXER TAP

Exchange of the ceramic cartridge/micro switch

1. Detach cover (1) carefully. If the cover is damaged use spare part no.: 240-059512 (red cover) and 240-059513 (blue cover).

2. Loosen screw inside the handle.

3. Detach the handle (2).

4. Turn out the rosette.

5. Turn out the brass nut with spanner.

9

7

8

1

2

4

3

Page 49: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

51

GUIDANCE ON CLEANING PORTABLEWATER TANKS AND THE WATER SYSTEMIN TOURING AND MOTOR CARAVANS

The water systems, and in particular storagetanks, in caravans are susceptible tocontamination by bacteria if care is not takenwith their use and cleaning. The symptomscaused by bacterial contamination are notpurely limited to gastro-intestinal diseases,but may also manifest themselves as ear,nose, throat, eye or skin infections. It istherefore important that you carry out thefollowing procedure prior to using thecaravan each time, even if you boil or filterall water you use for drinking.

Separate Water Containers

1. All water remaining in the container should be disposed of so that the container is empty.

2. The outside of the container should be thoroughly cleansed and washed down toremove any dirt, dust or other contaminant.Water at a suitably hot temperature containing an appropriate detergent is recommended for this purpose.

3. Water should be put in the container, swirled around, then emptied out.

4. The container should then be totally filled with water containing an appropriate sterilant solution and allowed to stand forthe recommended contact time (e.g. Milton for 15 minutes).

5. The solution should be emptied from the container.

6. The opening of the container should be cleaned thoroughly with an appropriate prepared wipe impregnated with a sterilant.

7. The container should be inverted whilst stored overnight (if possible).

8. The container must be filled with mains water only and mains water only should be used for the above cleaning procedure.

9. On no account should garden hoses be used to fill water tanks.

For Systems:

1. Drain down the system (open all taps to allow air in, enabling the system to drain quickly). (See Maintenance Systems).

2. Remove any water filters fitted, and replace with a short length of hose or empty filter cartridge (this will ensure the filter is not affected by the disinfectant/ sterilant solution).

3. Fill the system by using the pump with a disinfectant/sterilant solution (check that the solution at full strength appears at all taps/showers). Allow to stand for the recommended period of time.

4. Drain the system completely.

5. Thoroughly clean the outside of all taps/connectors with a cloth soaked in the disinfectant/sterilant.

6. Flush the system through with clean drinking water until no traces of disinfectant/sterilant can be detected at any tap.

7. Replace the filter.

Suitable sterilising chemicals are availablefrom your caravan dealer, accessory shop,chemist or home-brew shops. It is not,however, recommended to use bleach orsodium metabisulphite.

This guidance has been prepared with thekind co-operation and assistance of TheEnvironmental Health Department of TheBorough Council of King's Lynn and WestNorfolk.

WARRANTYProducts are guaranteed from the date ofpurchase against defects in materials andworkmanship. If the unit proves faulty, returnit to your supplier with proof of purchase andpurchase date. Please note that frostdamage is not a valid warranty claim.

The manufacturer retains the right to repairor replace the unit. The manufacturer cannotbe held responsible for claims arising fromincorrect installation, unauthorisedmodification or misuse of the product. Theabove does not affect your statutory rights.

Page 50: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

52

BBQ POINT(MODEL SPECIFIC)

TEST POINT

REGULATORISOLATOR VALVE

Typical gasschematic drawing

Page 51: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

53

GASGENERAL INFORMATION

Gas BottlesBottled Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG) is themost convenient portable source of fuel foryour caravan.

Make sure that heating and cookingappliances and the gas cylinders areswitched off before you move the caravan.

Regularly check flexible gas hose, joints andconnections for tightness. Finally make surethat each gas appliance is working efficientlyto the recommendations of the appliancemanufacturers.

Only use gas bottle cylinders that arelocated within their dedicated position withinthe front gas bottle housing, never extendhose - hose lengths must not exceed400mm

RegulatorYour caravan is supplied with a wallmounted gas regulator plumbed inside thegas bottle compartment. The regulator andall appliances work at a harmonised 30mbpressure, which work with Butane andPropane gas.

Pressure regulation system in this vehiclehas a fixed working pressure of 30 mbar witha flow rate of 1.5 kg/h and complies with therequirements of EN 12864 annex D.

Note: Regulator valves should always be inthe ‘OFF’ position when towing.

Gas HosesA high pressure hose, or pigtails as they arebeing called must be used with the new styleregulator (Fig B).

LPG bottles i.e. Propane, Butane andCamping Gaz cylinders all have varyingbottle adapter connections. It is importantto check you have the correct hose andadaptor to suit your gas bottles. Push onhoses are no longer permitted under the newregulations, The new high-pressure hoseshave threaded connections and must besecurely attached to the regulator and to thegas bottle.

WARNING: Inspect flexible gas hose(s)regularly for deterioration and renew asnecessary with the approved type, in anycase no later than 5 years after the dateof manufacture marked on the hose.

WARNING: Ensure hoses do not become entangled in door mechanism.

Cylinder compartmentAll cylinder compartments have twouniversal plastic mouldings fitted to the floorof the compartment that are designed to fitboth steel and BP Gas Light cylinders.

TYPES OF GASButaneButane is supplied in the U.K. in green, blueor aluminium bottles.

All these have a male left hand threadEXCEPT for Camping Gaz which has aspecial female right hand thread and Calor7kg and 15kg and aluminium bottles whichhave a special clip-on connection.

A 7kg bottle is recommended for butanegas use.

Fig. A Gas Bottle CompartmentFig. B Gas Regulator

Page 52: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

54

Continental bottles usually have a male lefthand thread similar to but not identical withU.K. butane.

Butane is suitable for use at temperaturesdown to 2°C but will not work below that.

PropanePropane is supplied in Red, or partly redbottles which have a female left handthreaded connector.

Scandinavian countries use the sameconnector.

Germany and Austria supply propane with amale connection.

Propane will work at temperatures as low as-40°C and is therefore suitable for all wintercaravanning.

A 6kg bottle is recommended for propanegas use.

GAS SAFETY ADVICE

WARNING: If you smell gas or suspect a leak and if it is safe to do so, isolate the gas appliances and turn off the gas bottles at the regulator. Evacuate the caravan and ventilate. Seek professionaladvice as to the cause of the leak.

WARNING: Inside outlet sockets shallonly be used with dedicated appliancesi.e. equipment supplied with the TouringCaravan. No gas appliance shall be usedoutside when connected to an insidesocket.

Facts about LPG

LPG is not poisonous.

Bi-products are harmless.

There is danger if all air and oxygen wereexcluded.

(Ventilation holes must be kept clear at alltimes).

LPG has been given a smell by themanufacturers in order to identify leaks.

Awning Spaces LPG Appliance Exhaust

There is no danger of pollution of anenclosed awning space by the LPG exhaustfrom a refrigerator venting into it, as awningspaces are generally well ventilated.

Space heaters may produce sufficientexhaust to pollute the awning space, if it istotally enclosed, from a general comfort,smell and hygiene point of view. In theextreme case there could be a build up ofcarbon dioxide to a dangerous level.

Caravan owners are advised to allow somefresh air circulation in the awning spacewhen such appliances are in use.

PRECAUTIONSa) Never look for a leak with a match.

Always use a soap solution or its equivalent when testing connections.Do not operate any electrical apparatus whatsoever, especially light switches. Ifthe leak is not obvious, the caravan should be evacuated and qualified personnel consulted.

b) Avoid naked lights when connecting or changing a cylinder.

c) Check the flexible hose frequently.

d) The gas is heavier than air and therefore sinks to the lowest point.

e) Keep bottle gas containers outside (and protected against frost). If they must be kept inside make sure they are well away from heat.

WARNING: Do not use appliances with adifferent working pressure to 30mbar.

WARNING: Maintain adequate spacing ofcombustible materials from sources ofheat.

WARNING: Do not use independentportable gas appliances inside thevehicle.

WARNING: A BBQ point inlet valve, if fitted, must only be used for theconnection of portable LPG appliances.

Page 53: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

55

Always read individual applianceinstructions

VENTILATIONAll ventilation complies with BSEN 721 andvents should not be obstructed in anymanner as this could lead to insufficient freshair. In this case the confined atmospherebecomes depleted of oxygen which leads tothe formation of the highly poisonous gas‘carbon monoxide’. Carbon Monoxide isodourless, colourless and tasteless and willrapidly cause unconsciousness and deathwith little or no warning prior to collapse.THERE IS NO DANGER WHEN ADEQUATEVENTILATION IS PROVIDED.

Roof-mounted Flue installationsAll flue installations should be inspectedonce a year throughout their length forcorrosion. Flues should be replaced if anysign of perforation is found. Ensure that thereplacement is of an approved type.

CONNECTIONEnsure that the gas regulator hose iscorrectly connected to the gas cylinder ingas bottle compartment and that the hoseconnection is tight.

Gas bottles must be fully located, seated atthe base of the bottles and restrained by thestrap provided in the dedicated compartmentposition.

Straps are positioned to suit 6kg and 7 kgbottles.

WARNING: If using cylinders other thanthose recommended, the user mustensure these are adequately supported,ventilation openings must not beobstructed and the cylinders must notcause damage to other fixtures andfittings located in the compartment.

Open ended gas hoses must always beprotected from dirt and insects

Before turning on the gas supply at theregulator, ensure that all gas operatedequipment in the caravan is turned off.

All gas equipment (except barbecue) issupplied through a central Gas ManifoldSystem which has individual isolation tapsfor each appliance (Fig A), as follows:

RED - Water HeaterWHITE - Space Heater

BLUE - FridgeGREEN - OvenYELLOW - Barbecue (if fitted)

Note: the external barbecue point is fed fromthe main feed through a built in integratedisolation valve. See schematic layout fordetails.

THERMAL INSULATION HEATINGYour caravan has been designed to achieve athermal insulation and heating level forspecific climatic conditions when testedaccording to the procedure in EN1645-1.The classifications are as follows:

GRADE 1A caravan with an average thermaltransmittance (u) that does not exceed1.7w/(m2k).

GRADE 2A caravan with an average thermaltransmittance (u) that does not exceed1.7w/(m2k) and which can achieve anaverage temperature difference of at least20k between inside and outside temper-atures when the outside temperature is 0°C.

GRADE 3A caravan with an average thermaltransmittance (u) that does not exceed1.2w/(m2k) and which can achieve an average temperature difference of at least 35k between inside and outside temperatures when the outside temperatureis -15°C.Fig. A

Page 54: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

56

ELECTRICITYAs with electricity in the home, care must beexercised when handling mains electricity.

Your attention is drawn to the followingnotice as laid down by the Institute ofElectrical Engineers.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ELECTRICITYSUPPLY

On arrival at caravan site1. Before connecting the caravan installation

to the mains supply, check that

(a) both 12N & 12S plugs and hitch havebeen disconnected from the towingvehicle, once disconnected the 12N &12S plugs should be placed in theholders provided to ensure protectionagainst mechanical damage and theelements,

(b) the mains supply is suitable for your installation and appliances, i.e. whether it is AC or DC and whether it is at the correct voltage and frequency,

(c) your installation will be properly earthed. Never accept a supply from a socket outlet or plug having only two pins, or from a lighting outlet, and

(d) any residual current device (earth leakage circuit breaker) in the mains supply to the caravan has been tested within the last month.

In case of doubt, consult the site owner orhis agent.

2. MAKE SURE THAT THE SWITCH AT THE SITE SUPPLY POINT IS OFF.

3. Lift the cover of the electricity inlet provided on the caravan, and insert the connector of the supply flexible cable.

4. Remove any cover from the socket outlet provided at the site supply point, and connect the plug at the other end of the supply flexible cable to this. Switch on the main switch at the site supply point.

Note: Use mains cable fully uncoiled andprotect from traffic.

IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE MAINSWITCH AT THE SITE SUPPLY POINTSHOULD BE SWITCHED OFF, THESUPPLY FLEXIBLE CABLEDISCONNECTED, AND ANY COVERREPLACED ON THE SOCKET OUTLET ATTHE SITE SUPPLY POINT BEFOREDISCONNECTING THE FLEXIBLE CABLEFROM THE CARAVAN. IT IS DANGEROUSTO LEAVE THE SUPPLY SOCKET ORSUPPLY FLEXIBLE CABLE LIVE.

Because touring caravans are generally leftunused for long periods in the open, it isstrongly advised that the mains installation isinspected periodically to ensure that it issafe to use. The IEE Wiring Regulationsrecommend that mains installations intouring caravans are re-inspected every3 years by a qualified person who shouldsign and issue a periodic inspection report

NOTE: The manufacturer recommendsannual inspections.

Suitably qualified persons acceptable to theNCC to sign and issue inspection andcompletion certificates are:

• an approved contractor of the National Inspection Council for Electrical Installation Contracting* or

• a member of the Electrical Contractors’ Association

• a member of the Electrical Contractors’ Association of Scotland

Page 55: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

57

• a qualified person acting on behalf of the above (in which event it should be stated for whom he is acting).

*The names and addresses of ApprovedContractors in any locality (there are over10,500 in the UK) can be obtained fromElectricity Shops, or direct from:

NICEIC, Vintage House, 37 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7UJ

Telephone: 0171 582 7746

The names and addresses of members ofthe Electrical Contractors’ Associations canbe obtained direct from:

ECA, Esca House,Palace Court, London W2 4HY

Telephone: 0171 229 1266

ECA of Scotland, 23 Heriot RowEdinburgh EH3 6EW

Telephone: 0131 225 7221

WARNING: CURRENT CONSUMPTION IN THE CARAVAN MUST NOT EXCEED 16 AMPS OR THE PITCH PERMITTED MAXIMUM IF THIS IS LESS THAN 16 AMPS.

IT IS DANGEROUS TO ATTEMPT MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS YOURSELF. LAMPHOLDER—PLUGS (BAYONET-CAP ADAPTORS) SHOULD NOT IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES BE USED.

OVERSEAS CONNECTIONNote: Connection to a mains voltage supplyOVERSEAS requires particular attention.

Care must be taken when connectingsupplies abroad since the supplies can be ofREVERSE POLARITY.

The significance of REVERSE POLARITY isthat when equipment is switched off it maynot be electrically isolated.

The only certain way of making equipmentsafe is to unplug it.

It is useful to have a means of checkingpolarity of the mains supply, especially whentouring overseas. There are available several proprietary makes of equipment for testingpolarity.

If it can be achieved, it is preferable toconnect live to live, and neutral to neutral tomaintain full electrical protection.

WARNING: Never allow modifications of electrical or LPG systems andappliances except by qualified persons.

230V MAINS ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT POWERCONSUMPTIONNote: It is possible that the 230v mainselectrical equipment may not all operatesimultaneously. A typical UK motorhome sitemains hook up point provides a maximumoutput of 10 amps and on some continentalsites the available output may be as low as5 amps. If your loading exceeds the sitesupply it may trip the site circuit breaker.Please check the available mains supply withyour site operator.

Similarly loadings on each circuit breakerwithin the caravan should be observed.A label positioned close to the MCB’s willidentify which appliances within the caravanare fed from which MCB. Consulting thetable on page 59 in conjunction with thislabel, will give an indication of whichappliances can, and cannot, (site supplyallowing), be operated simultaneously.

Page 56: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

58

WIRING OF CONNECTING CABLE AND CARAVAN MAINS INLET

WARNING: IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT CONNECTIONS ARE MADE EXACTLY AS SHOWN. IF TERMINAL MARKINGS ARE NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEDIAGRAM THEY MUST BE IGNORED. IF IN DOUBT CONSULT A QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN.

THE LEGAL LENGTH OF THE MAINS INLET CABLE IS 25 ± 2 METRES. WHEN IN USE IT MUST BE FULLY UNCOILED AND PROTECTED FROM TRAFFIC.

Page 57: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Services

59

230 Volt 12 Volt LP GasAppliance/ Item Watts Amperes Watts Amperes grams/hour

Refrigerator 115 W 0.5 amp Only when towing 12 - 17.5 g/h

Ultraheat Space Heater 500 W 2.2 amp 12 W

1000 W 4.5 amp 12 W 1.0 amp 30 to 280 g/h

2000 W 8.5 amp 12 W

Ultrastore Water heater 850 W 3.7 amp Not applicable 120 g/h

Cooker Hotplate 1 Not applicable Not applicable 161 g/h

Hotplate 2 Not applicable Not applicable 110 g/h

Hotplate 3 Not applicable Not applicable 73 g/h

Hotplate 4 800 W 3.5 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Grill Not applicable Not applicable 117 g/h

Oven Not applicable Not applicable 125 g/h

Battery Charger 192 W 0.8 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Lighting 230V (based on 2x 40 W bulbs) 80 W 0.3 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Lighting 12V (based on 10 W bulb) Not applicable 10 W 0.8 amp Not applicable

Submersible water pump Not applicable 28 W 2.3 amp Not applicable

Pressure switched pump Not applicable 48 W 4.0 amp Not applicable

Radio/ CD player Not applicable 12 W 1.0 amp Not applicable

Omnivent position 1 Not applicable 15 W 1.2 amp Not applicable

position 2 Not applicable 30 W 2.5 amp Not applicable

position 3 Not applicable 50 W 4.0 amp Not applicable

Air Conditioning unit 1200 W 5.25 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Microwave (factory fit) 1200 W 5.3 amp Not applicable Not applicable

TYPICAL APPLIANCE CONSUMPTION FIGURES

Dometic 7-series fridges – A 60mA current draw is present (12v) on this range of fridges when operating, regardless of energy selection

Note: These are approximate figures for guidance only.

Page 58: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT

AC50 and AC76 Control Panels ............................................. 62AC80 Control Panel ................................................................. 64NE 171 Control Panel ............................................................. 66NE 143-RM Power Supply Unit ............................................. 67NE 2006-CWS Power Supply Unit ........................................ 68NE 2006-CWSF Power Supply Unit ...................................... 69NE 143-CF Power Supply Unit .............................................. 6912V DC Distribution Unit ....................................................... 69Habitation Relay ..................................................................... 69Battery Box .............................................................................. 70Solar Panel Connection ......................................................... 73Generator Guidelines ............................................................. 74

Page 59: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

62

AC50 Control Panel AC76 Control Panel

Symbol Function Description

12V Power This switch turns on (or off) the 12V power to all circuits. On/Off Note: as this switch works in conjunction with a relay (that uses around 40mA to operate), it should only be used

for relatively short periods of time while using the caravan (i.e. when going out for the day).

For long-term isolation of the 12V power, please place the Car / Van selector switch on the ESM2004 powersupply unit in the centre (Off) position (i.e. during storage).

Entry light This switch operates the internal entry light (usually the first light within the caravan).

Water Pump This switch turns on power to the water pump ready for use. It can be used to turn off the pump over night toavoid any noise from the pump (down on, up off).

Note: A green indicator lamp will illuminate within the bottom left corner of the battery gauge when the pumpcircuit is on.

AC50 AND AC76 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION

Page 60: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

63

Symbol Function Description

Battery This switch is used to display the battery voltage level. Press and hold the switch to display the battery level on Level Test the gauge.

The green region indicates a battery with a good charge, the yellow region indicates a battery with an adequatecharge, and the red region indicates a battery that requires charging.

Water This switch is used to display the fresh water level within the onboard water tank. Press and hold the switch to Level Test display the water level on the gauge.

The gauge indicates the water level on an 'Empty - 1/4 - 1/2 - 3/4 - Full' scale, with empty being on the left.

When using the optional remote control unit, please ensure the control panel '12V Power' switch is in the ON position and the'Entry light' switch is in the OFF position for correct operation of the remote control (as the remote control operates in parallelwith the control panel switches). The remote control button [I] controls the Entry Light and button [II] controls the 12V Power.

If you do not wish to use the remote control, or the remote battery is flat / remote has been lost, you can of course return tomanual operation by using the switches on the control panel. If the power has been turned off using the remote control andthen the remote has been lost / battery become flat you will need to carry out the following to reset the caravan: Place the Car / Van selector switch on the ESM2004 power supply unit in the centre (OFF) position and turn the charger switch to the OFFposition, wait 5 seconds and then turn the charger and Car / Van selector switch back on.

The UH**** number on the back of the remote control is the remote code number. Please keep a record of this number in caseyou need to order a replacement or additional remote control.

+ -

Page 61: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

6464

AC80 Control Panel

Symbol Function Description

12V Power This switch turns on (or off) the 12V power to all circuits. On/Off Note: as this switch works in conjunction with a relay (that uses around 40mA to operate), it should only be used

for relatively short periods of time while using the caravan (i.e. when going out for the day).

For long-term isolation of the 12V power, please place the Car / Van selector switch on the ESM2004 powersupply unit in the central (Off) position (i.e. during storage).

Internal This switch turns on power to the internal water pump ready for use. It can be used to turn off the pumpPump over night to avoid any noise from the pump.

Note: A green indicator lamp will illuminate within the bottom left corner of the battery gauge when the pumpmotor is running.

AC80 CONTROL PANEL OPERATION

Page 62: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

65

Symbol Function Description

External In caravans with an additional (external) pump, this switch will be a two-way switch with a central off position.Pump This allows the selection of either the internal pump (switch up - Tap symbol) or external pump (switch down -

Tank symbol).

Note: A green indicator lamp will illuminate within the bottom left corner of the battery gauge when the internalpump motor is running.

Battery This switch is used to display the battery voltage level. Press and hold the switch to display the battery level on Level Test the gauge.

The green region indicates a battery with a good charge, the yellow region indicates a battery with an adequatecharge, and the red region indicates a battery that requires charging.

Water This switch is used to display the fresh water level within the onboard water tank. Press and hold the switch to Level Test display the water level on the gauge.

The gauge indicates the water level on an ‘Empty - 1/4 - 1/2 - 3/4 - Full’ scale, with empty being on the left.

When using the optional remote control unit, please ensure the control panel ‘12V Power’ switch is in the ON position and theseparately located ‘Entry light’ switch is in the OFF position for correct operation of the remote control (as the remote controloperates in parallel with these switches). The remote control button [I] controls the Entry Light and button [II] controls the 12VPower.

If you do not wish to use the remote control, or the remote battery is flat/remote has been lost, you can of course return tomanual operation by using the manual switches.

If the power has been turned off using the remote control and then the remote has been lost/battery become flat you will needto carry out the following to reset the caravan: Place the Car/Van selector switch on the ESM2004 power supply unit in thecentral (OFF) position and turn the charger switch to the OFF position, wait 5 seconds and then turn the charger and Car/Vanselector switch back on.

The UH**** number on the back of the remote control is the remote code number. Please keep a record of this number in caseyou need to order a replacement or additional remote control.

+ -

Page 63: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

66

NE171 CONTROL PANEL

CAR / VAN SELECTOR SWITCH

A car/caravan selector switch is provided onthis control panel and should be used in thefollowing way:

CARAVAN (VAN) POSITION

When in this position 12v DC power isavailable from the caravan battery to powerall 12v circuits. If the charger is switched ONthe caravan battery will be charged up bythe charger / transformer unit.

CENTRAL POSITION

When in this position with the charger switchON, power is provided to all 12v circuits viathe charger / transformer only. With thecharger off all 12v DC circuits are isolated.

CAR POSITION

The switch can be placed in this positionshould the caravan battery becomedischarged and a 230v supply is notavailable. First of all the towing vehicleshould be electrically connected with thecaravan via the 12S connector. Care isneeded to avoid discharging the battery inthe tow vehicle to an extent that the enginecannot be started.

Please note that when towing and using the12v element of the fridge, correct positioningof the car/van selector switch may berequired – see details in the ‘Towing Code’section of this handbook.

PUMP SWITCH AND INDICATOR

Included on this panel is a pump isolationswitch and pump running light. The pumpisolation switch is used to isolate 12v DCpower to the pump in the event of a pumpfault, or merely as a safeguard againstunwanted pump operation. The pumprunning light will illuminate when the pumpcircuit is energised.

BATTERY CONDITION METER

The Red display on the control panel showsthe voltage of the caravans 12v DC circuitsmeasured at the control panel. This figurewill change as the charger is switched ON orOFF, when 12v DC appliances are switchedON or OFF, and as the state of charge of thecaravan battery changes.

With the charger switched ON it is possiblefor the voltage shown to be up to 13.8v. Withthe charger switched OFF or no 230v supplypresent, and with the car/selector switch inthe VAN position, the reading gives anindication of caravan battery voltage.

- A voltage below 11v, when no 12v DCappliances are operating, would indicatethe battery requires charging.

- A voltage above 12v would indicate thatthe battery is in a good state of charge.

- If a figure between 11v and 12v is shownthe battery should be re-charged if desired.Maintaining a leisure battery in a goodstate of charge will assist in ensuringmaximum service life for the battery.

Page 64: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

67

POWER SUPPLY UNITSNE143RM, NE2006-CWS,NE143-CF & NE2006-CWSFThe NE family of power supply units control230v AC power, provide 12v DC output, anddependant on model, provide control andfusing of 12v DC circuits.

Common to all derivatives are the followingfeatures:

Mains 230v AC – Mains Module with earthleakage protection and over currentprotection.

The NE family of power supply units aredesigned to operate on a mains supply of207 – 253v AC (for use with low continentalvoltages). The 40 amp RCD gives protectionagainst earth faults and also acts as themain switch. The mains module then hasthree MCB’s, the ratings of which areappropriate to the appliances and circuitswithin the caravan.

For details of the circuits linked to eachMCB, please refer to the label positionedclose to the NE unit. Each MCB carries anindication of its nominal current rating, and atable on page 59 of this handbook givesdetails of the loadings for each appliance. Itmay not be possible to operatesimultaneously all appliances linked to anMCB, please also consider the total currentloading relative to the 230v AC supply

available to the caravan.

12v DC - Totally automatic charger, with overcurrent protection, short circuit protectionand over temperature protection

The NE family of power supply units employa fully automatic 12v DC charger, which canoperate with a wide range of 230v AC inputvoltages, and provides a stable outputvoltage even under load. The unit canprovide up to 18amp (@12v) maximum and16 amp continuously.

The battery charger uses and algorithmwhich makes it possible to significantlyreduce charging time and avoid permanentdamage to batteries. It starts charging atmaximum current until the battery reaches avoltage of 14.4v, then charging takes placeat a constant voltage of 13.8v. In this statethe recharge current gradually decreasesand the battery can be left permanentlyconnected to the charger without causing itany damage.

The battery charger is fitted with circuitrywhich will protect it in the event of electricalor thermal overload. Should the current drawexceed the rated output of the unit, then itwill begin shutting down. This will probablybe noticed as dimming of the 12v lighting.On removal of the excessive load thecharger will automatically recover. To protectagainst overheating there is an electronicthermal protection circuit, which will operate

should the temperature of the unit rise abovea safe level. If this happens then the outputwill shut off until the temperature hasdropped back to a safe level.

NE143-RM

In addition to the mains module threeilluminated switches are present on the frontof the NE143-RM.

SPACE HEATER

This switch can be used to isolate power tothe 230v element on the Truma space heater.This is in addition to the selection of ‘OFF’,‘500w’, ‘1000w’ or ‘2000w’ on the spaceheater’s own control module.

Page 65: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

WATER HEATER

This switch controls 230v power to theTruma Ultrastore water heater. This is theonly means of turning the electric element inthe water heater on or off.

CHARGER

This switch controls the charger within theNE143-RM. As previously stated the chargeris fully automatic and does not requireswitching on and off in normal operation.However if 230v input current is limited,turning the charger off may allow use ofother 230v appliances.

When this model of NE power supply unit isfitted a separate 12v DC fusing arrangementcan be found at the front of the caravanlayout.

NE2006-CWS

In addition to the features of the NE143-RMthe NE2006-CWS has visible on its front facea switch and 12v fuse module.

CAR / VAN SELECTOR SWITCH

The three way car/centre/van batteryselector switch can be used in thefollowing way:

CARAVAN POSITION -

When in this position DC power is availablefrom the caravan battery to power all 12v DCelectric circuits. If the charger is switchedon, the caravan leisure battery will becharged via the charger. This position shouldalso be used when operating the fridge 12velement whilst towing.

CENTRAL POSITION –

When in this position with the charger switchon (and 230v supply present), power issupplied to all 12v DC circuits via thecharger/transformer only. With the chargeroff all DC circuits are isolated. Please notethat using this switch in the central positionis the only way to fully isolate 12v DCcircuits – Although the control panel (if fitted)may feature a power ON/OFF switch, usingthat control panel ON/OFF switch in the OFFposition leaves a relay energised, whichcauses a small current drain.

CAR POSITION –

The switch can be placed in this positionshould the caravan battery becomedischarged and no 230v supply is available.

Power will be available from the tow vehiclebattery to all 12v DC circuits.

Note: First of all the towing vehicle should beelectrically connected to the caravan via the12S socket. Care is needed to avoiddischarging the battery in the tow vehicle tosuch an extent that the engine cannot bestarted.

12V FUSE MODULE

Eight 12v automotive type blade fuses aremounted on the front face of the unit, linkedto circuits relating to the habitation electricswithin the caravan. Only ever replace a fusewith another fuse of the same rating.

The basic fuse allocation is as shown below.Please see the electrical schematic in theservice handbook for more details.

Fuse 1: Front roof lighting

Fuse 2: Rear roof lighting

Fuse 3: Blown air heating distribution fan

Fuse 4: Radio

Fuse 5: 12v sockets / hitch light if fitted / TVaerial amplifier

Fuse 6: Fan circuits

Fuse 7: Water system, water pumps, waterlevel sensor if fitted, electric flushtoilet, if fitted.

Fuse 8: Ignitions (oven etc)

Electrics

68

Page 66: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

69

Road lighting and related fuses can be foundin the front offside bed area. Details of thecircuits protected by these fuses can befound on the electrical schematic in theservice book. Further to this the covers onthe fuse holders detail the circuits protectedby each fuse.

NE2006-CWSF

Due to the increased number of circuits insome models, an additional 12v DCFusebox, for circuits related to the habitational area, is located close to the NE2006-CWSF unit.

This auxiliary Fusebox is fed from the 1stfuse on the front of the NE2006-CWSF.The functions/circuits then fused from theauxiliary Fusebox are shown on thatFusebox, and also in the electrical schematicin the handbook.

Other functions of the NE2006-CWSF are asper the NE2006-CWS, and the road light and

other 12v DC fuses can also be found in thefront offside bed area.

NE143CF

The NE143-CF is used in models fitted withthe Alde wet central heating system.

The NE143-CF uses the same 12v DCauxiliary Fusebox arrangement as theNE2006-CWSF. In addition a furtherindividual 12v DC fuse is located close to theauxiliary Fusebox – this provides a fusedsupply to the programmable roomthermostat. Road lighting and related fusesare located separately within the front offsidebed area.

Switches for Space heater and Water heaterare not present on the front of this unit;instead a fused spur for the Aldecombination space and water heatingsystem is located close to the Aldeappliance.

NORDELETTRONICA 12V DCDISTRIBUTION UNITWhen the NE143-RM power supply unit isfitted, a separate 12v DC distribution unitcan be found in the front bed area of thecaravan. This unit is responsible for fusingarrangements for all 12v DC circuits in thecaravan, i.e. fuses for internal lighting andappliances, road lighting and also towvehicle supplies.

Details of the circuits protected can be foundin the electrical schematic contained withinthe specification handbook. Labelling on thedistribution unit also identifies fuseallocation.

Automotive type blade fuses are mounted onthe top face of the unit. Only ever replace afuse with another fuse of the same rating.

HABITATION RELAYTo conform to European Safety Standards(EMC), all caravans have been equipped witha habitation relay.

This relay is actuated when the 12N/12S or13-pin plugs are connected to the towvehicles sockets and the car ignition isturned on.

The relay automatically isolates all 12vequipment within the caravan, excluding thefridges 12v power supply, from the car.

Page 67: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

THETFORD BATTERY BOX The Thetford Battery Box is intended toaccommodate an auxiliary battery in yourcaravan. The Battery Box has a CE socketto connect to a 230 V power supply. Insidethe Battery Box there is the option to fitseveral sockets and outlets.

PRECAUSIONS AND SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

• Use caution when mounting the battery,as batteries contain acid liquids whichcan cause severe injuries and damagewhen handled incorrectly. Refer to theinstructions on the battery.

• Use protective clothing and glasses whenhandling a leaking battery, and avoiddirect contact to the skin, eyes andrespiratory organ.

Should a battery leakage occur, pleaseact according to the instructions suppliedby the manufacturer of the battery. Act with caution as caustic substances arepresent in the battery.

• No smoking is allowed in the area of theBattery Box.

• Before removing a battery you shouldalways check for spillages by touchingthe Soft Tray on the outside surface andsensing for any liquid spills. If you thinkthat liquid has been spilt, you should

ensure that the Soft Tray and battery arelifted together so that spillages will notoccur.

70

Page 68: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

71

INSTRUCTION

WARNING!

• Use precaution when mounting the battery,as batteries contain acid liquids which cancause severe injuries and damage whenhandled incorrectly. Refer to theinstructions on the battery.

• No smoking is allowed in the area of theBattery Box!

• Please note that the CE socket has a maxof 16 amp.

• The Thetford Battery Box is designed foruse with foot mounted batteries. These arerecognizable by the rim around the bottomedge of the battery. This rim will locateagainst the back wall of the Battery Boxand the angle metal bracket, which isscrewed into place when the battery isfitted. The depth of the battery includingrim should be between 173mm and175mm.

• This product meets the latest version of theEN 1648 part 1 and 2 standard.

Before placing the battery inside theBattery Box, the adjacent battery should beplaced into the Soft Tray and rested on theground adjacent to the Battery Box.Carefully connect the electrical wires (thered cable attaches to the + pole and theblack cable to the - pole of the battery).

Note! Incorrect connection of the cables willcause a short circuit with potentialhazardous consequences. After mountingthe terminals, lift the battery together withthe Soft Tray into the middle of the BatteryBox compartment. Push the Soft Tray withbattery to the back of the Battery Box, intothe safeguard bulge. If necessary shift theSoft Tray to the right or left until the batteryis in place in the safety area (see photo 1).

The battery is located in the compartment bythe manual clamping plate. This has to bescrewed to the front of the box (screw isenclosed in package). Please ensure that theSoft Tray is pulled up tightly (to removecreases) before the plate is tightened. Therounded edge of the clamp prevents damageto the Soft Tray. Do not apply extreme forceto the screw.

When disassembling, follow this procedurein reversed order. Note! Always check theSoft Tray for acid first! If found, take safetyprecautions (such as protecting clothing,body and especially the eyes). In case ofcontact with acid, immediately rinse withplenty of water. Follow regulationsconcerning these chemicals.

Tip! Generally, car workshop and gas stationemployees are familiar with this matter.

When attaching the 220/230 volts cable onthe CE socket, the maximum recommendedthickness of the cable is 10 mm. When

closing the door, the attached cable is to befed through the slot at the bottom right ofthe door.

Photo 1

Photo 2

Page 69: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

ElectricsCLEANING AND MAINTENANCE

• Use protective clothing and glasses whenhandling a leaking battery, and avoid directcontact to the skin, eyes and respiratoryorgan.

• Should a battery leakage occur, please actaccording to the instructions supplied bythe manufacturer of the battery. Act withcaution as caustic substances are presentin the battery.

• Always remove the battery and the powercable before carrying out any maintenanceof the product.

• Before removing the clamps switch off allappliances.

• No smoking is allowed in the area of theBattery Box.

• Use a soft cloth or sponge and a non-acid/abrasive detergent when cleaning theBattery Box and Soft Tray.

• To check if any acid is present in the SoftTray, simply press it softly. A strong smellfrom the Soft Tray may also indicate spilledacid. The battery can be filled again withacid collected from the Soft Tray. Disposalthrough local drains is possible and legallypermitted, on condition that the acid ismixed with water equaling 50 times theamount of acid. It is often possible todispose of acid at gas stations.

• Before the camping season or extensivetraveling, check the Soft Tray for faults andreplace if necessary.

• The cleaning of the Battery Box and SoftTray should only be done after all powersources have been switched off, in order toprevent a hazardous situations.

THETFORD WARRANTY

1. The Thetford Battery Box is warranted to the original purchaser for 3 years from thedate of purchase.

2. The warranty covers replacement of partsarising from defects and workmanshipand from the inability of the Battery Boxto perform its intended function.

3. In case of a defect apply to originaldealer or Thetford Service Center withproof of purchase.

4. Defects, which in our judgement occurredfrom misuse, negligence or accident, are not covered by the warranty. In addition, the warranty does not apply if theproduct is installed or handled improperly,if the product has been altered in anyway, has been repaired by unqualifiedpersons, or if the serial number and/ordate has been altered or removed.

- As the Battery Box is manufactured frompolypropylene, it is resistant to temperatures up to 60 degreesCentigrade. Installing the battery box in a

position where it will be exposed tohigher temperatures will invalidate thewarranty and could lead to an adverseeffect on the product.

5. Thetford products considered to be defective may be returned prepaiddirectly to Thetford. Any items receivedwhich are judged by Thetford to becovered under warranty will be dealt withaccordingly. Defective products notconsidered to be covered by warranty willincur repair, handling and return carriagecosts.

6. No other warranty is given and nopersonal representative is authorized tomake any warranty or assume liability bywords or action under any warranty otherthan that is contained herein.

72

Page 70: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

73

BATTERY INSTALLATIONUnder normal circumstances it should not benecessary to remove the battery other thanfor routine inspection of terminals and“topping up”.

WARNING: Explosive gases may be present at the battery. Take care to prevent flames and sparks in the vicinity.

Your caravan has been fitted with an in-linefuse between the battery terminal and stripconnector. It is recommended that the fuserating fitted in this location does not exceed20 amps.

WARNING: Switch off all appliances and lamps before disconnecting the battery.

Smoking is prohibited around the battery compartment.

To preserve the life of your leisure batteryand charger please observe the following:

i) Do not leave all 12V lights powered at thesame time as this will drain your leisure battery more rapidly.

ii) If all 12V lights must be poweredtogether, ensure the battery is 'in-circuit'i.e. selector switch in the 'van' positionand that the battery charger is turned on.

iii) For optimum performance use the transformer/charger unit with a leisure battery attached.

BATTERYIt is recommended that a good qualityrechargeable leisure battery is always incircuit when the system is in use.

A deep cycling heavy duty 12V batteryshould be purchased to provide power forlights and other electrical appliances. A proprietary brand leisure battery with aminimum of 85 Amp capacity isrecommended.

Note: 85 Amp batteries and above shouldbe checked dimensionally beforepurchasing, to ensure fitment within thebattery compartment, as brands vary in size.

It should be remembered that batteriessuitable for the electrical demands of acaravan differ in design from those for usewith a car, and whilst the system mayoperate with a car battery it is stronglyrecommended that only a leisure typebattery, maintained in good condition isused. The battery should be kept topped upat all times.

Note: Some models may have more thanone 12V socket fitted, the 6 Amps indicatedis available from the 12V socket provided noother 12V socket is used at the same time.

SOLAR PANEL CONNECTIONPOINTA connection point has been included in thecaravan electrical harness to take a 12vsupply from an aftermarket solar panel (orsimilar device), to the caravan leisure battery.

The solar panel must provide a fused andregulated output in order to connect to thispoint. The connection point can be foundinside the caravan adjacent to the batterybox, in close proximity to the battery boxfuse. Through the floor close to the batterybox is a cable pass through, allowing a pairof wires from an externally located device topass from exterior to interior to meet theconnection point. This cable pass throughwill be capped both internally and externallywith a cable entry gland.

A kit of parts is available from your caravansupplier which provides the mating half ofthe connection point. (The White rectangularconnector found inside the caravan is a twoway JST-LR type connector). For furtherassistance in identifying the connection, wirecolours leading to the connector are detailedin the wiring schematic in your caravanservice book.

Page 71: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Electrics

GENERATOR GUIDELINES• Lack of regular servicing can be the

cause of most generator problems, gensets under 2kW are mainly dependent on engine speed for output frequency and voltage, poor or no servicing may cause the engine speed governor to run the genset engine too fast. Therefore frequency and output voltage can rise above the specification of the machine data plate i.e. 230V at 50Hz, this may cause damage to electrical/electronic equipment (such as battery chargers).

• A generator should always be run for a few minutes prior to connection with the caravan or motorhome electrics, to allow it to warm up and the output to settle to asteady level.

• The AC output of generators is often derived from an AC alternator, rectified to DC then inverted back to AC. In essence this means the output sinewave may not be very smooth and may not run sophisticated electronics efficiently. Some of the new wave of gensets are more sophisticated in their production of a sinewave output and are more suited to run electronic equipment.

• If in doubt consult your genset dealer or manufacturer for advice.

74

Page 72: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

FITTEDEQUIPMENT

SAS Mobile Alarm System ................................................................. 76Truma Ultrastore Water Heater ......................................................... 78Truma S 3002 P and S 3002 Auto Space Heater ............................ 81TEB Fan .............................................................................................. 84Truma Ultraheat for S 3002 (P), S 5002 and

S 55 T Heaters ............................................................................... 84ALDE Compact 3000 quick start guide ............................................ 87SC20 Control Panel ........................................................................... 87ALDE Heating System ....................................................................... 90TP5000 Electronic Programmable Room Thermostat ................... 93Refrigerator ........................................................................................ 97

Dometic RM7371 & RM7291L ........................................................ 98Thetford Absorber Refrigerators .................................................... 108

Stoves Hobs, Grills & Ovens ........................................................... 123The Hob ........................................................................................ 123Electric Hotplates ........................................................................... 124The Grill .......................................................................................... 124The Oven........................................................................................ 125Cleaning ......................................................................................... 125

Microwave Oven .............................................................................. 127Thetford Cassette Porta Potti ........................................................ 130

Thetford Cassette C-200 CW & C-200 CWE................................. 131External Barbeque Point .................................................................. 134TV Inlet ............................................................................................... 135Status 315 omni-directional TV & FM radio antenna ................... 137Status 530 directional TV & FM radio antenna ............................. 137WING omni-directional TV antenna ............................................... 138Bedding ............................................................................................. 139Cassette Blinds and Flyscreens ..................................................... 141Doorscreen ....................................................................................... 141Seitz Entrance Door ......................................................................... 142Roof Lights and Windows ................................................................ 142Air Conditioning ............................................................................... 147Ash Framed Doors ........................................................................... 156Tables ................................................................................................ 156Shower .............................................................................................. 156Fixing of Awnings ............................................................................ 157

Page 73: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

76

SAS210 MOBILE ALARM SYSTEMUsing the latest microprocessor technologythe SAS210 provides all year roundprotection for your caravan.

Please read all sections of these userinstructions before attempting to operate theSAS210.

If you are unsure of any of the followingpoints, please contact your local dealer orthe manufacturer direct (see point 5), onpage 77

1. Operation

Arm/Disarm

The SAS210 Alarm System is armed anddisarmed by pressing the button on the keyfob remote controller.

The alarm has four modes of operation:

a) Disarmed

b) Fully armed with internal movementsensor and tilt sensor active

c) Partially set with only the tilt sensor active

d) Partially set with only the movementsensor active.

The alarm indicates arm/disarm status bybeeping. One beep = armed, two beeps inquick succession = disarmed.

To part set the alarm (modes c or d) holddown the arm button until the desired modehas been selected:

Hold down and release after 2 long beeps,mode (c) selected.

Hold down and release after 3 long beeps,mode (d) selected.

Note: if the arm button is continually helddown the system will disarm and then repeatthe above sequence.

PIR Movement Sensor

The SAS210 Alarm System comes completewith a 120° x 360° Passive Infra Redmovement sensor that detects bodymovement within the vehicle.

If you are leaving pets within the vehicle thesystem should be armed in mode (c) toprevent nuisance triggering.

Tilt Sensor

The SAS210 Alarm System has an inbuilt tiltsensor that detects tilting of the vehicleduring the hitching process. If the tilt sensoris not set correctly, the alarm will not armand will indicate a fault by beeping 4 times inrapid succession.

During normal (on the flat) operation there isno need to alter the tilt sensor.

If the vehicle is parked on a steep slope itmay be necessary to adjust the tilt sensor.With the alarm disarmed, while viewing the

movement sensor lens, move the tiltadjustment lever forward until the green lightilluminates. Note the position of the lever.

Now move the lever backwards and againnote the position of the lever when the greenlight illuminates.

Set the lever mid way between the twopositions.

Remember to return the lever to the centre(locked) position when returning to 'on theflat' use.

Alarm Siren

When the alarm is triggered the siren willsound for 2 minutes. Following the 2 minuteperiod the alarm will then deactivate for 15seconds then rearm.

The alarm siren can be turned off at anypoint by pressing the key fob button. If themovement sensor caused the alarm trigger,the alarm will give a standard 'two beeps inquick succession' disarm indication. If the tiltsensor caused the alarm trigger, the alarmwill give 'two beeps in quick succession'followed by a further 'two beeps in quicksuccession'.

Sleep mode

The SAS210 Alarm System incorporates asleep mode that extends battery life over along period of time.

Page 74: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

77

If a charged leisure battery is fitted and issupplying 12V to the alarm system the alarmwill operate in standard 'quick response'mode.

If the alarm is operating from the internalalarm battery only, the alarm will operate in'slow response' battery saving sleep mode.In this mode you will need to press and holdthe arm/disarm button for up to 3 secondsto arm or disarm the alarm.

2. Key Fobs

The SAS210 Alarm System comes completewith 2 key fob remote controllers. If anadditional controller is required these can beordered from your supplier.

Key Fob Battery Replacement

1. Remove the key fob from your key ring.

2. Prise the casing apart near the key ringfixing slot.

3. While holding the base part of the casing,prise out the old Lithium battery andreplace with a new CR2032 battery.Ensure the [+] terminal is located towardsthe outer case.

4. Relocate the two casing halves and snaptogether.

5. Refit the key fob onto your key ring.

6. Remember to dispose of old batteries inaccordance with local regulations.

3. Battery

The SAS210 Alarm System incorporates a3.3Ah sealed lead acid battery that ischarged from the vehicles 12V supply. Thisbattery has been selected to run the alarmwithout any external supply voltage for up to9 months depending on ambienttemperature/initial charge.

The battery is fully charged when the alarmsystem is despatched, but may need furthercharging if the vehicle is stood for a numberof months without a 12V supply to the alarm.

To charge the alarm battery either fit a fullycharged leisure battery to the vehicle orconnect the vehicle to the mains supply andswitch on the 12V charger/power supply.

The internal battery should be replacedapproximately every 3 years to ensurecorrect operation. Replacement batteries canbe ordered from your supplier. Alwaysdispose of old batteries in accordance withlocal regulations.

4. Specification

Control BoxSupply voltage: 10.5 to 15V DCSupply current: 250mA maxOperating temperature: -5 to +30°CBattery capacity: 3.3Ah at 12VOperating time (armed) with no supply: 9 months at 20°CSiren output: 110 dB +/- 10%Movement SensorRange: 120° x 360° x 8MCurrent consumption: <1mA typicalKey FobRange: >10M typicalBattery: CR2032

Lithium CellTypical battery life: 1 year

5. Spare Parts/Service

For spare parts, local supplier contact detailsor other service information please contact:

Sargent Electrical Services Ltd. service desk on 01482 678981 during normal office hours.

Page 75: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

The instructions covering fitted equipmentto your caravan were correct at the timeof going to print. Owners handbooks areupdated annually and we take great careto try and ensure their accuracy.However, the Swift Group Limited cannotaccept responsibility for any changes thatmay be made in specification or operatinginstructions to the equipment described inthis section after the time of going topress.

Every care is taken to ensure that theinformation provided in this handbook iscorrect and easy to understand.

Separate manufacturers’ leaflets on manyof the components are also included inthe Owner’s Pack provided with thiscaravan and we recommend that youcompare the instructions in the handbookwith the component manufacturersliterature, to ensure the informationprovided is as accurate as possible.

If you are in any doubt as to how tooperate the equipment in your caravan,please contact the componentmanufacturer’s service department on thetelephone number shown on theircomponent leaflet. If you remain in anydoubt, please contact the Swift GroupSupercare customer care servicedepartment on 01482 875740.

THE TRUMA ULTRASTOREWATER HEATEROPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Attention: Before using for the first time, it is essential to flush the entire water supplythrough with clean warm water. Alwaysmount the cowl cap when the water heater is not being operated! Drain the waterheater if there is a risk of frost! There shallbe no claims under guarantee fordamage caused by frost!

When connecting to a central water supply(rural or city connection) or when using morepowerful pumps, a pressure reducer must beused which prevents pressures of greaterthan 2.8 bar occurring in the Ultrastore.

Filling the Truma Ultrastore with water

Equipment SpecificationFor details on type of equipment fitted inyour caravan, please refer to the SalesBrochure or Dealer.

IMPORTANTTo maximise the use and life of all fittedequipment in your caravan it is essential thatany accompanying manufacturers’ literatureis read fully. All recommended maintenanceand preparation procedures should befollowed. The information provided in thishandbook is only intended as a guide. If inany doubt consult your manufacturerappointed dealer, particularly beforeattempting to install EXTRA EQUIPMENT.

NOTICE: In the interest of safety, replacement parts for an appliance shall conform to the appliance manufacturer's specifications and should be fitted by them or their authorised agent.

78

e = Lever position "Closed"

f = Lever position "Drain"

Fig. 1

Page 76: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment1. Check that the safety/drain valve in the

cold-water intake is closed. Lever should be in the horizontal position, position (e).

2. Open the hot tap in the bathroom or kitchen with pre-selecting mixing taps or single lever fittings set to hot.

3. Switch on power for water pump (main switch or pump switch). Leave the tap open to let air escape while the water heater is filling. The heater is filled when water flows out of the tap.

Residues of frozen water can prevent filling if there is a frost. The water heater can be defrosted by switching on the heater for a short period (max 2 mins). Frozen pipes can be defrosted by heating the room.

Note: If just the cold water system is beingused, without water heater, the heater tank isalso filled up with water. In order to avoiddamage through frost, the water contentsmust be drained by activating thesafety/drain valve, also when the heater hasnot been used. As an alternative, two shut-offvalves, resistant to hot water, can be fitted infront of the cold and hot water connection.

Draining the water heater

1. Disconnect power for water pump (mainswitch or pump switch).

2. Open hot water taps in bathroom andkitchen.

3. Open safety/drain valve: Lever in verticalposition, position (f).

4. The water heater is now drained directly tothe outside via the safety/drain valve.Check that the water contents have beencompletely drained (10 litres).

Gas operating instructions

Attention: Never operate the water heaterwithout water in it!

If the wall cowl is positioned close to anopening window (or hatch) - in particulardirectly under it - it must remain closedwhen the water heater is in use (seewarning plate).

1. Remove cowl cover.

79

2. Open gas cylinder and open quick-actingvalve in the gas supply line.

3. Select required water temperature at rotaryknob (c) infinitely variable from approx. 30°to 70°C.

4. Switch on water heater at the rotary switch(a) on the control panel, green indicatorlamp "Operation" lights up.

5. If there is air in the gas supply line, it maytake up to a minute before the gas isavailable for combustion. If the applianceswitches to "Failure" during this period,switch off the appliance - wait 5 minutes -and switch on again!

a = Rotary switch "On" "Gas operation"

b = Rotary switch "Off'"

c = Rotary knob for temperatureselection (illuminated by green lamp "Operation")

d = Red indicator lamp "Failure"

Page 77: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentSwitching off (gas operation)

Switch off the water heater at the rotaryswitch (b).

Drain the water heater if there is a risk offrost!

If the water heater is not to be used for alonger period, mount cowl cover (non-observance of this point can lead to thefunction of the appliance being impairedthrough water, dirt or insects), close quick-acting valve in the gas supply line and closethe gas cylinder.

There shall be no claim under guarantee ifthis point is not observed.

Always remove the cowl cover prior tooperating the water heater!

Red indicator lamp "Failure"

The red indicator lamp (d) lights up if there isa failure.

The reason for such an indication is, forexample, no gas available or air in the gassupply system, triggering of the excesstemperature monitor etc. To unlock, switchoff the appliance, wait 5 minutes, and switchon again.

In event of faults, always contact theTruma Service on Tel: 01283 511092.

Electrical Operating Instructions

Switch the switch on the control panel to"On". This indicates the electrical water-heating element is operative.

When using the vehicle switches refer tooperating instructions of the vehiclemanufacturer or see switch labels.

Note: The water temperature cannot beselected, automatic temperature limitation atapprox. 70°C. For a faster heating up periodthe appliance can be simultaneouslyoperated with gas and electrical power.

Note: The water tank in the Truma-Ultrastoreis made of high quality food-proof stainlesssteel VA.

Use wine vinegar for de-scaling the watersupply. Allow the product to react and thenthoroughly flush out the appliance withplenty of fresh water. To sterilise the waterwe recommend "Certisil- Argento". Otherproducts, particularly those containingchlorine are unsuitable.

In order to avoid the proliferation of micro-organisms, heat the Ultrastore to 70° atregular intervals.

Do not use the water as drinking water!

Important Operating Notes

1. If the cowl is positioned close to an opening hatch (window), keep this closedduring operation. See warning plate. Always mount the cowl cover if the heater

is not being used. Non-observation of this point can lead to the function of the appliance being impaired through water, dirt or insects.

2. The guarantee will be invalidated if this point is not observed. Always remove thecowl cover prior to operating the water heater!

3. If there is a defect in the electronics, return the control Printed Circuit Board well padded. If you fail to pack it correctly the guarantee will be invalidated. Only use original Truma Ultrastore control P.C.B's as spare parts.

4. If just the cold water system is being used, without water heating, the header tank becomes more vulnerable to frost damage. Accordingly the contents should be drained by operating the safety/drain valve. This also applies when the caravan is in storage.

General Safety Notes

In the event of leaks in the gas system or ifthere is a smell of gas:

• Extinguish all naked flames

• Do not smoke

• Switch off the appliance and gas cylinder

• Open the windows

• Do not operate any electrical switches

• Have the entire system checked by an expert

80

Page 78: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

81

1. Repair jobs are only to be carried out by an expert.

2. The following would invalidate the guarantee:a. Any alteration to the appliance

(including cowl)b. The use of non-Truma spare

parts/accessoriesc. Non observance of the operating

instructions.

3. The operating pressure for the gas supplyis 30mbar (or 28mbar butane/37mbar propane) and must correspond to the operating pressure of the appliance (see name plate).

4. Do not operate the water heater when refuelling the vehicle and when in the garage.

5. During the initial operation of a brand newappliance (or after it has not been used for some time), a certain amount of fumes, and a slight smell, may be noticedfor a short time. Remedial action is to immediately run the heater at maximum output and to ensure adequate room ventilation.

6. If the burner makes an unusual noise or ifthe flame lifts off, it is likely that the regulator is faulty and it is essential to have it checked.

Technical Data

Water contents: 10 litres

Water pressure: up to max. 2.8 bar

Type of gas: Liquid Gas (propane or butane)

Operating Pressure: 30mbar (or 28mbar butane, 37mbar propane)

Rated thermal output: 1500W

Gas consumption: 120g/h

Heating time to approx. 70°C:Gas operation: approx. 35 minsElectrical operation: approx. 70 minsGas and electrical operation: approx. 20 mins

Power consumption 12VIgnition: 0.17AHeating Up: 0.08AStandby: 0.04A

Power consumption 230VHeating Up: (3.7A) 850WWeight (empty): 6.7Kg

THE TRUMA S 3002 P & S 3002AUTO SPACE HEATERINSTRUCTIONS FOR HEATERS FITTEDWITH AUTOMATIC IGNITOR OR PIEZOIGNITOR

Switching On

1. Open the valve on the gas cylinder. Openquick-acting valve in gas supply line.

2. Turn control knob to thermostat setting 1-10 and press it down as far as the stop.At the same time keep operating the Piezo ignitor rapidly until the flame ignites.

3. Keep the control knob depressed for a further 10 seconds to allow the safety pilot to operate.

4. (Piezo only) Watch through the flame window for another 10 seconds to make sure that the flame does not go out through air in the supply pipe (caused by the valve being closed or changing the cylinder).

Attention: Always wait at least 2 minutesbefore attempting to re-ignite, otherwisethere is a risk of blowbacks (misfiring).This also applies if a working heatergoes out has to be re-lit.

Page 79: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentAutomatic Ignitor

Prior to first ignition, make sure that thebatteries have been inserted; observe correctfit battery cassette (see changing batteries,page 83).

Thermostat

Set the required room temperature at thecontrol knob (numbers 1-10). For anaverage room temperature of approx. 22°Cwe recommend setting:

3-5 Without the Trumavent Fan (switched on)

4-8 With the Trumavent Fan

Switching Off

Set control knob to "0". If turning off for along period of time, close the quick-actingvalve in the gas supply line. Close valve ofgas cylinder.

Important Operating Notes

1. If the gas supply line is filled with air, it may take up to a minute before the gas becomes available for combustion. During this time depress the control knob and continuously operate the Piezo ignitor until the flame ignites.

2. You will have to find out the exact thermostat setting yourself, depending onhow much heat you need.

3. Repairs are only to be carried out by a competent service engineer.

Attention: A new O-ring must always be installed after dismantling theexhaust duct.

4. Any alteration to the appliance (including exhaust duct and cowl) or the use of spare parts and accessories, which are important to the function of the heater and which are not original Truma parts, aswell as the non-observance of the installation and operating instructions, willlead to the cancelling of the guarantee and exclusion of liability claim.

5. During the initial operation of a brand newappliance, a certain amount of fumes anda slight smell may be noticed for a short while. Remedial action is to immediately run the heater at maximum output and to ensure adequate room ventilation.

6. In winter, before switching on the heater, remove all snow from the cowl.

7. Inspect the exhaust duct and all connections at regular intervals and always whenever there is a blowback (misfire). It is essential that the exhaust duct is installed so that it slopes upwardsover its whole length and is securely fixedwith several clamps. Never place any object on the exhaust duct, since this

82

a = Control knobb = Integrated control panel for

Trumavent fan TEBc = Piezo ignitor or automatic ignitord = Flame observation windowe = Name plate (remove casing)f = Thermostat probe

In the case of left-handed installation,the parts are arranged on the other side.

Page 80: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

83

could result in damage. The exhaust duct connection to both the heater and the cowl must be firm and well sealed.

Do not operate heaters with incorrectly fitted or damaged exhaust ducts.

8. Never allow the warm air outlet on the heater to be obstructed in any way. For instance never hang washing on or in front of the heater to dry. Misusing your heater in this way could cause serious damage from overheating. Do not place flammable objects near the heater. Please follow these guidelines in the interest of your own safety.

9. If the burner makes an unusual noise or ifthe flame lifts off while burning, it is likely that the regulator is faulty and it is essential to have it checked.

10.Cleaning (with switched off appliance): It is recommended that at least once a year,before the heating season starts, you remove any dust that has collected on the heat exchanger base plate.

Technical Data:

Type of gas: Liquid gas (propane/butane)

Operating pressure: 30mbar (28mbar butane, 37mbar propane)

Rated thermal output: 3400W

Gas consumption: 30-280 g/h

Product Indent. No: CE-0085AP0325

Automatic Ignitor

Power consumption: 50 MA (ignition)0.01 MA (monitoring)

Operating voltage: 3V

CHANGING OF BATTERIES

Changing the Batteries on the AutomaticIgnitor

Only change the batteries with the heaterswitched off.

Always insert new batteries at the beginningof the heating season.

Remove front of heater retaining screw,located through centre of black grill. Unclipfront of heater, slide up battery cover toreveal battery. Change the batteries.Observe plus/minus.

Only use temperature resistant (+70°C), leak-proof Mignon round cells (LR 6, AA, AM 3,Art. no. 30010-23600). Other batteries couldlead to malfunctions!

Page 81: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

84

TEB FAN

Always observe the operatinginstructions prior to starting!

The vehicle owner is responsible for thecorrect operation of the appliance.

Repairs are only to be carried out by anexpert!

a = Manual control(e.g. for ventilation) Adjust desired outputat the control knob.

b = Off(or automatic operation/ heating withheaters Trumatic S 3002 K and S 5002 K)

c = Automatic operation(Heating) The output steadily adjusts to

the respective heat emission of theheater. The maximum output can belimited at the control knob, as required.The regulating between this value andslow running is carried out automatically.

The quantity of air can be individuallyadjusted at the air flap (f), for warm airdistribution.

In centre position 50% of the warm air isdistributed to each outlet.

Use the fan duct with 72 mm and if the fanducts are of different lengths or on sides witha greater heat requirement. This means thatthe air output can be used to the full on thisside. By adjusting the air flap (f) the quantityof air can be increased individually. Thismeans that the air out-put on the other sideis reduced.

If the air output drops or the operating noiseincreases, the fan impeller wheel may beseverely soiled.

Cleaning

(with switched off appliance!) Werecommend removing dust which hascollected on the heat exchanger and baseplate of the heater and on the impeller wheelof the Trumavent fan, once a year before theheating season starts. Clean the impellerwheel carefully using a brush or tooth brush.

TRUMA ULTRAHEAT ADDITIONALELECTRIC HEATING FORTRUMATIC S 3002 (P), S 5002AND S 55 T HEATERSFunction description

Truma-Ultraheat is an additional 230Velectric heater for the LPG heater modelsTrumatic S 3002/S 5002.

Heater operation is basically possible withgas only, electricity only or simultaneouslywith electricity and gas.

When using simultaneously the electrical unitwill switch itself off before overheatingoccurs as a result of the stronger gas burner.

When using electrical only we recommend toset the fan control on position 3 (manual orauto), remembering to set the output level to

Page 82: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

85

2000W (ensure that the fuse protection forthe power supply of the camp site issufficient).

If more than 2kw are required (heatingup/cold temperatures) you must refer backusing gas operations as the 230V electricaloperation is a secondary heater only.

The electric heater can also be operatedwithout the Trumavent fans.

WARNING:-Surfaces become hot in use,guards provided do not give fullprotection to the young or elderly

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Before operating the heater for the firsttime it is essential to observe theoperating instructions, enclosed with the heater.

Control panel with thermostat

a = Rotary switch "Off"

b = Rotary switch "On"power settings: 500 - 1000 - 2000 W

c = Rotary control knob for roomtemperature (illuminated by greenindicator lamp "operation")

Switching On

Attention: Before switching on, ensure thatthe fuse protection for the power supply ofthe campsite is sufficient for the selectedpower setting (b) (see Technical Data).

Important: The electric feed line for thecaravan must be fully unwound from thecable drum.

1. To switch on, turn the rotary switch to thedesired output level (b).

2. Set rotary control knob (c) to the desiredroom temperature.

The thermostat setting on the operatingelement (1-9) must be determined individuallydepending on the heating requirement andthe type of vehicle. For an average roomtemperature of about 23°C, we recommend athermostat setting of about 6 -8.

The electric heater can also be operatedwithout the Trumavent fans.

If the heater is operated simultaneously withelectricity and gas, the electrical unit willswitch itself off before overheating occurs asa result of the stronger gas burner.

Switching off

Switch the heating system off at the rotaryswitch (a).

IMPORTANT OPERATING NOTES

1. Repairs may only be carried out by anexpert.

2. The heater's hot air outlet should underno circumstances be blocked. Never hangclothes or similar in front of or on top ofthe heater to dry. This could cause seriousdamage to the heater as a result ofoverheating. Do not place inflammablematerials near the heater! Please observethese instructions for your own safety.

3. The performance of the room thermostatwill be affected if temporarily covered orobstructed

4. When operating a brand-new heater forthe first time (or after it has been idle for alengthy period) you may temporarilynotice a slight smoke and smell. Weadvise running the heater at full powerand thoroughly ventilating the room.

Page 83: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

86

2. Under no circumstances should the hotair outlet be blocked. Never hang clothesor similar in front of or on top of theheater to dry. This could cause serious damage to the heater as a result ofoverheating. Do not place inflammablematerials near the heater! Please observethese instructions for your own safety.

3. When operating a brand new heater for the first time (or after it has been idle for alengthy period) you may temporarily notice a slight smoke and smell. We advise running the heater at full power and thoroughly ventilating the room

4. Any modifications to the appliance or the use of spare parts and accessories important for the operation, which are not original Truma parts, or non-observance of the instructions for installation and usewill result in the guarantee becoming invalid and no liability will be assumed. Furthermore, the approval for operating the appliance will become invalid and in some countries also the approval for operating the vehicle.

TECHNICAL DATA

Power supply: 230 V ~, 50 Hz

Power consumption at power setting:500 W: 2,2 A 1000W: 4,5 A 2000 W: 8,5 A

Weight: approx. 2 kg

5. Any modifications to the appliance or theuse of spare parts and accessoriesimportant for operation which are notoriginal Truma parts, of non-observanceof the instructions for installation and usewill result in the guarantee becominginvalid and no liability will be assumed.

Furthermore the approval for operatingthe appliance will become invalid and insome countries also the approval foroperating the vehicle.

The mains element on the space heateris designed for supplementary heating.It is not recommended to run along sidethe gas for prolonged periods of time.

TECHNICAL DATA

Power supply: 230 V ~, 50 Hz

Power consumption at power setting:500 W: 2.2 A1000 W: 4.5 A2000 W: 8.5 A

Weight: approx 2kg

BUTTERFLY OUTLETS

The butterfly plate may be opened or closedto control the quantity of air and may also betwisted around to control direction.

For uniform distribution, outlets nearest theheater should be closed more than thosefurther away.

Blown air

The air ducting outlets are generally of thebutterfly type and may be opened or closedby adjusting the butterfly valves. Twisting thedisc in its housing directs the flow in thedirection required.

One outlet on each leg of the air ductinglayout must be kept open at all times.

Switching off

Push slide switch (a) to the "OFF" position.

IMPORTANT OPERATING NOTES

1. Repairs may only be carried out by an expert.

Page 84: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

87

SC20 Control Panel

Symbol Function Description

1kW Heating 230V heating cartridge switched on/off.Element On/Off

2kW Heating 230V heating cartridge switched on/off.Element On/Off

6kW Gas Burner LPG boiler switched on/off.On/Off

ALDE COMPACT 3000 QUICK START GUIDEFurther information on can be found in theuser handbook

SC20 OPERATION

Page 85: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

88

Symbol Function Description

Circulating Pump With this switch in the OFF POSITION the boiler will heat DOMESTIC HOT WATER ONLY.On/Off

With this switch in the ON POSITION the boiler will heat DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND HEATING. The circulation pump is then controlled by the Room Thermostat. The boiler then operates on Gas,electric or both to maintain water temperature.

Gas Burner This LED indicates that the LPG Burner is ignited Flame Indication

Fault Warning This LED indicates that the LPG Burner has not ignited. To Re-Set turn the Gas Burner Switch "Off",wait for 30 seconds then Turn the Gas Burner Switch "On"

The Compact 3000 Boiler is fitted with 2 x230 volt x 1kW Heating Elements. Eachelement is controlled by a switch on theControl Panel so it is possible to operate on1kW or 2kW.

Note: Gas and Electrical power can be usedat the same time.

The TP5000 Programmable room thermostat"Programme Mode" is factory pre set with aprogramme which often suits most people.

Setting the Clock and Day

- Press PROG to begin programming

- Use + or - to adjust time

- Press PROG again

- Use + or - to adjust day1=Monday 2 =Tuesday etc

At initial warm up use gas 6kW &electric 2kW combined for extra heatand hot water performance

Mon-Fri

Event Time Temp °C

1 08.00 20

2 08.30 15

3 11.30 20

4 13.30 15

5 16.30 21

6 22.30 15

Page 86: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

89

Details of how to input your ownprogrammes

Operating Instructions.

MANUAL MODE

To override the programme settings (and runat a constant temperature setting of yourchoosing) press the UP and DOWN arrowssimultaneously twice then use arrows toadjust the temperature.

To return to programme mode press the UPand DOWN arrows simultaneously once.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND USERCHECKS - PLEASE READ BEFOREOPERATING THE ALDE BOILER:

1. Never operate the Alde boiler withoutensuring the heating system hasAntifreeze in it - Check the headertank.

2. Check the level of antifreeze in theHeader Tank. When cold the fluidshould be 10mm above the minimummark.

If you need to top up your system via theheader tank use a 60/40 mix of water andethylene glycol, this can be purchased at car accessory outlets nationwide.

3. Ensure glycol mixture is atrecommended strength. It not onlyprevents freezing but also stopscorrosion and bacteria within thesystem.

Blue antifreeze has a two year life.

4. Propane Gas is recommended as itworks at lower ambient temperatures.Butane loses functionality below 10degrees centigrade.

Total failure occurs at -2 degreescentigrade when using Butane, thisapplies to all LPG appliances.

5. The heating system can be operatedon either gas or 230v AC electricitywith the domestic water drained down.

6. If the vehicle is not in use and there isa risk of freezing the domestic watershould be drained down.

7. Frost damage is not covered under theAlde Warranty.

8. If leaving the caravan for long periodsof time without a 240v supplyconnected then the 12v supply shouldbe disconnected.

The boiler draws a small 0.01amp instandby mode. The circulation pumpdraws 0.18amp when operating.

FAULT FINDING

• Check LPG - Sufficient supply?

Is the main tap fully open?

If the boiler has not been used for a longperiod or Gas supply has been changed itmay take more than one attempt to start.

• Check that the boiler has 12v supply orif using electric elements that you have230v supply

The boiler is sensitive to current andneeds a full 12v supply check batterylevel

• Check that the 2 amp fuse on the backof the boiler is intact

• Check that the overheating protectionhas not activated by unscrewing theblack cap on the back of the boiler andpushing fully in.

Will not reset until the boiler has cooledby 20 degrees centigrade - Ensuresystem is bled of air before restarting.(To bleed see operating instructions).

• Check that the Red LED on the Aldecontrol panel has gone out

If not switch off the boiler for 30 seconds and try again

• Check all electrical connections arepushed firmly home and wiresattached

For further details please refer to theoperating instructions.

Page 87: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

90

SC20 Control Panel

Symbol Function Description

1kW Heating 230V heating cartridge switched on/off.Element On/Off

2kW Heating 230V heating cartridge switched on/off.Element On/Off

6kW Gas Burner LPG boiler switched on/off.On/Off

ALDE COMPACT 3000OPERATING INSTRUCTIONSTo be read in conjunction with the AldeManual

SC20 OPERATION

Page 88: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

91

Symbol Function Description

Circulating Pump With this switch in the OFF POSITION the boiler will heat DOMESTIC HOT WATER ONLY.On/Off

With this switch in the ON POSITION the boiler will heat DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND HEATING. The circulation pump is then controlled by the Room Thermostat. The boiler then operates on Gas,electric or both to maintain water temperature.

Gas Burner This LED indicates that the LPG Burner is ignited Flame Indication

Fault Warning This LED indicates that the LPG Burner has not ignited. To Re-Set turn the Gas Burner Switch "Off",wait for 30 seconds then Turn the Gas Burner Switch "On"

The Compact 3000 Boiler is fitted with 2 x230 volt x 1kW Heating Elements. Eachelement is controlled by a switch on theControl Panel so it is possible to operate on1kW or 2kW.

Note: Gas and Electrical power can be usedat the same time.

IMPORTANT CHECKS BEFOREOPERATION:

• Check the level of fluid in the HeaderTank.

• Boiler must not be operated if fluid isnear Minimum Level! Level should alwaysbe above minimum!

• The correct glycol mixture must be usedat all times of year! It not only preventsfreezing but also reduces corrosion withinthe system.

• Check that the Butane/Propane gassupply is correctly fitted via the properGas Regulator.

• Propane Gas is recommended as it worksat lower ambient temperatures. Butaneceases to operate at minus 2°C

• The Heating System can be used whenthe Water Heater is empty.

• When using the system on ElectricalPower the vehicle should be on Mains

Hook Up to provide 12v power andcharge the battery.

• Operating without Hook Up may result ina flat battery. Minimum requirement: 10v

If domestic hot water is not being used,and there is a risk of frost, it should bedrained.

Page 89: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentOPERATION

The boiler must always be switched offwhen refuelling the vehicle

1. Choose the power supply via the three switches on the SC20 Control Panel.Switch controls a 1kW element and canbe used with or without Gas.

2. Choose "Water Only" or "Heating &Water" via the Circulation Pump Switch.

Up for Domestic Hot Water Only,

Down for Domestic Hot Water andHeating.

3. If Heating is required check theTemperature setting of the thermostat.

Heating performance re air circulation

In order to achieve the best possibleperformance from the heating system it isimportant to allow air to circulate freelyunder bunks and behind backrests etc. It isimportant that cushions, blankets, sleepingbags and carpets etc are not allowed toblock air intakes etc.

System temperature

The boiler is set to a system temperature of80°C, i.e. the temperature of the glycol fluidas it circulates in the heating system. Thesystem temperature may be reduced when

required, i.e. if the warm water becomes toohot.

Lowering the system temperature

Turn the spindle (Q) anti-clockwise. A quarterturn represents a temperature reduction of10°C. To increase the system temperature,turn the axle clockwise until it reaches itsmaximum position and cannot be turned anyfurther. The system temperature is then resetto 80°C.

Switching off the LPG boiler, heatingelement and circulation pump

1. Set the SC20 'Circulating pump', 'Gasburner', '1kW heating element' and 2kWheating element' switches to off.

2. Switch off the 230V fused isolator locatedclose to the boiler if the vehicle is not tobe used. If this switch is not set to off,the boiler will remain in the standby position and use a small amount ofelectricity.

3. For LPG isolation set the manifold or gasbottle valves to off.

If the red light comes on

The boiler is fitted with an ionised flamesensor. This means that if the flame goes outfor some reason, the electronics will attemptto re-light it. If the flame is not re-lit withinten seconds, a solenoid valve within theboiler switches off the gas supply, theelectronics are 'blocked', and the faultwarning LED on the SC20 panel willilluminate. The electronics must be re-setbefore the boiler can be started.

Resetting from the blocked position

Switch the SC20 'gas burner' switch to off.The fault warning light will go out. Wait forapprox. 30 seconds while the electronics re-set the block. Set the SC 'gas burner on/off'switch back to on - The electronics will onceagain attempt to re-start the boiler.

92

Page 90: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentTP5000 ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLEROOM THERMOSTAT

Before programming the thermostat pressthe + & - AND and buttonssimultaneously to reset the unit (Fig.1)

Setting the Clock and Day

- Press PROG (Fig.2) to begin programming

- Use + or - buttons (Fig.3) to adjust theTIME (Fig.4)

- Press PROG again (Fig.2)

- Use + or - buttons (Fig.3) until correctDAY is shown (Fig.5) (1 = Monday, 2 =Tuesday, etc)

Accepting the Factory Pre-settings

The TP5000 has pre-set times alreadyprogrammed in, which often suit most people(see Table).

To accept these settings close the frontcover and after 2 minutes the pre-settingswill automatically be accepted.

To adjust the factory pre-settings and setyour own time and temperatureprogrammes

For Days 1-5 (weekdays)

a) Press PROG (Fig.2) 3 times to show the1st pre-set time and temperature (Event 1Days 1,2,3,4,5) (Fig.6)

b) Use + or - buttons (Fig.3) to adjust theTIME (press and hold to change in 10 minincrements)

c) Use or buttons (Fig.7) to adjust the TEMPERATURE

d) Press PROG (Fig.2) to move to nextpreset time & temp (Event 2) (Fig.8)

e) Repeat steps b, c & d for programmingEvents 3,4,5 & 6

For Days 6-7 (weekends)

a) Press PROG (Fig.2) to show 1st pre-settime and temperature (Event 1 Days 6-7)(Fig.9)

b) Repeat steps b, c and d above toprogramme time and temperature eventsfor the weekend.

Returning to RUN mode

Press PROG (Fig.2) - the colon in the LCDdisplay will start to flash (Fig.10)

93

>

>

>

>

Mon-Fri

Event Time Temp °C

1 08.00 20

2 08.30 15

3 11.30 20

4 13.30 15

5 16.30 21

6 22.30 15

Fig 1.

Fig 2.

Fig 3.

Fig 4.

Fig 6.

Fig 5.

Fig 8.

Fig 10.

Fig 9.

Fig 7.

Page 91: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fig 11. Fig 14.

Fig 15.Fig 12.

Fig 13.

Fitted Equipment

94

Battery Replacement

• A low battery symbol will flash in the LCDdisplay (Fig.16)

• You have 15 days to replace the batterybefore the unit will switch off.

• When changing batteries, remove oldbatteries and insert new ones within ONEMINUTE and programming will not belost.

NB. If the display ever goes blank duringnormal operation, the batteries will need tobe renewed, the unit reset and the time andprogrammes reset.

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

THE ALDE WARRANTY DOES NOT COVERDAMAGE CAUSED BY FREEZING/FROSTDAMAGE

Always rinse out the heater before it is used,particularly if it has not been in operation forsome time.

NB! The hot water is not intended fordrinking or cooking. When the heater is incontinuous use, it should be emptied approx.once a month, to ensure that a new aircushion is formed in the heater. The aircushion is essential for absorbing pressuresurges in the heater.

NB! The warm water heater should always bedrained of fresh water when there is a risk offrost and when the caravan is not in use.

Draining the heater using the combinedsafety/drain valve

1. Switch off the freshwater pump.

2. Open all water taps.

3. Then open the safety/drain valve byraising the yellow lever (M) to a verticalposition.

Fig 16.

Page 92: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

4. The heater will now drain directly belowthe vehicle through the safety/drain valvehose. Check that all the water is emptiedout (about 7-10 litre). Leave the valve in the open position until the next timethe heater is used.

NB! Check that the automatic check valve(N) is open and is allowing air to enter theheater when it is being drained, and that thehose (O) is not blocked

FAULT FINDING

Should only be actioned by a CompetentPerson/Service Engineer.

The boiler does not start

1. No LPG?

2. Is the main tap fully open?

3. If the boiler has not been operated forsome time, or if the gas cylinder has beenchanged, it may take longer than normalto light the boiler.

4. Check that the boiler is connected to theelectricity supply (> 11 V).

5. Check that the fuse (T) for the boiler isintact.

6. Check whether the overheating protectionhas been tripped by unscrewing the blackplastic cap (U) and pressing the resetbutton (V).

NB: If the overheating protection has beentripped it cannot be reset until the boiler hascooled down by 10-20°C. Before restartingthe boiler, check that it has been properlybled.

7. Check whether the red LED on thecontrol panel has gone out. If not, switch off the boiler. Wait 30 seconds and thentry restarting it.

8. Check that the boiler's electricalconnections are properly attached.

9. If none of these help, please contact aservice company.

The Heating Element is not working:

1. Check that there is an electricity supply(230 volt) to the Heating Element.

2. Check that the relays fitted to the boileroperate a slight click can be heard fromthe relays when the Heating Element isswitched on at the Control Panel.

3. Check whether the overheating protectionhas been tripped by unscrewing the blackplastic cap (U) and pressing the resetbutton (V).

4. Other causes - Service Engineer toinvestigate.

GUARANTEE

Alde's guarantee is valid for one year fromthe date of delivery and only coversmaterials or manufacturing faults, providedthat the directions for installation and usehave been followed. The guarantee does notcover frost damage.

Fitted Equipment

95

Page 93: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentNB! Only Alde original parts should be usedas replacement parts.

The boiler is fitted with a built-in warm waterheater with a volume of approx. 8.5 litresfresh water. The warm water heater canproduce around 12 litres of 40°C water perhalf-hour (at a cold water temperature of10°C). If the heating cartridge is used insteadof gas for heating the boiler, the capacity isslightly reduced.

MAINTAINING THE HEATING SYSTEM

Winter camping

While camping during the winter, ensure thatthe flue is kept clear of snow and ice sincethe inlet air to the LPG boiler enters throughthe flue. Do not start the LPG boiler until theflue is completely free of snow. A flueextension (part no. 300 320) for fitting on theroof is recommended for winter camping.

The LPG system

A professional, who will ensure that there areno leaks from connections or hoses, shouldcheck the LPG system regularly. LPG hosesshould be changed every second year, sincetheir propensity to dry out and crack willeventually result in leaks. To increase safety,we recommend fitting an Alde leak gauge,type 4071, as close as possible to thepressure reduction valve.

The heating system

Regularly check the heating system's fluidlevel in the expansion tank. The level shouldbe about 1cm above the minimum indicatorin a cold tank. The heating system should befilled with a mixture of water and glycol. Forpreference, use high quality ready-mixedglycol (with inhibitor) intended for use inaluminium heating systems. If usingconcentrated glycol, the mixture shouldconsist of 60% water and 40% glycol. If theheating system will be exposed totemperatures below -25°C, the glycolcontent must be increased, but not to morethan 50%. Any vessels used for the liquidmust be spotlessly clean, and the pipes inthe heating system must be free ofcontamination. This will prevent the growthof bacterial in the system The glycol mixtureshould be checked before topping up withnew liquid. This will ensure that theconcentration of glycol in the mixture is nottoo high. If the fluid level in the expansiontank falls for reasons other than evaporation,please check all joints, drain cocks andbleeder screws to ensure that they are notleaking. If the glycol-water mixture leaks out,rinse with water and wipe up. Never allowthe heating system to stand empty of glycol.

FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH GLYCOLFLUID

NB! Any vessels used for the liquid must bespotlessly clean, and the pipes in the heatingsystem must be free of contamination. Thiswill prevent the growth of bacteria in thesystem.

The system is filled through the expansiontank, either manually or using the Alde fillingpump which both tops up and bleeds thesystem. For manual filling, unfasten thecirculation pump nut (R) and lift the pump (S)out of the tank. Slowly pour the glycolmixture into the tank. Bleed the system. Topup with more liquid if the level has fallenafter bleeding. Bleed a newly filled systemregularly during the first days the heatingsystem is in operation.

BLEEDING THE SYSTEM

Depending on how the pipes have beenfitted, air pockets may form when thesystem is filled with glycol fluid. A sign thatthere is air trapped in the system is that theheat released into the pipes only extends ametre or so from the boiler even though thecirculation pump is operating. In newly filledsystems, small air bubbles can form in theexpansion tank, creating a murmuringsound. If the circulation pump is stopped fora few seconds, the bubbles will disappear.

96

Page 94: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentBleeding

If a bleeder screw is fitted to the outgoingpipe on the rear of the boiler, open thisbleeder screw and leave it open until it startsto discharge water. If the boiler is fitted withan automatic bleeder, there is no need tobleed it manually.

Start the LPG boiler. The circulation pumpshould be switched off. Open the remainingbleeder screws in the system (please refer tothe instruction manual of the vehicle for theirlocations). Leave the bleeder screws openuntil they start discharging fluid. Start thecirculation pump and let it run for a while.Check that the pipes and radiators aroundthe vehicle are heating up. If they still fail toheat up, try the following

Single-axle caravans: Stop the circulationpump. Using the jockey wheel, lower thefront of the caravan as far as possible sothat the rear is tilted upwards. Leave it in thisposition for a few minutes to allow the air totravel upwards in the system. Open thebleeder screw at the highest point. Leave itopen until it discharges glycol fluid.

Using the jockey wheel, raise the front of thecaravan as far as possible and repeat theprocedure in this position. Then position thecaravan horizontally and start the circulationpump. Check that the pipes and radiatorsaround the vehicle are heating up.

Twin-axle caravan: The easiest way to bleedthe heating system is to place the vehicle ona sloping surface or to raise one end of thevehicle using a jack. Bleed the system asdescribed above.

REFRIGERATORWhen using your refrigerator for the firsttime, it is advisable to wash the interior andits accessories.

When the caravan is on tow, the refrigeratorshould be operated electrically, i.e. from the12V battery in the towing vehicle, and not bymeans of bottled gas.

CONTROLSThe refrigerator can be run on either 230V,12V or LP gas. Changing between thesemodes of operation is carried out by meansof the controls shown on the relevant controlpanel.

97

Caution!Only use one source of energy at a time.

Note: Contained on the following pages areinstructions from fridge manufacturersintended to be a guide to various models offridges. Fridges within each manufacturersranges have varying controls and features.Before referring to these instructions pleasetake care to check which model of fridge isfitted in your caravan and therefore whichinstructions are relevant. The manufacturerand model details for the fridge can usuallybe found on a plate mounted inside thefridge compartment.

Page 95: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

98

DOMETIC RM7371 AND RM7291LYou have made an excellent choice inselecting the Dometic AbsorptionRefrigerator. We are sure that you will be fullysatisfied with your new appliance in allrespects.

The appliance, which works silently, meetshigh quality standards and guarantees theefficient utilisation of resources and energythroughout its entire life cycle, during manufacture, in use and when beingdisposed of.

Before you start to use the appliance, pleaseread the installation and operatinginstructions carefully.

The refrigerator is designed for installation inleisure vehicles such as caravans ormotorcaravans. The appliance has beencertified for this application in accordancewith EU Gas Directive 90/396/EEC.

WARNING AND SAFETY NOTICES

Warning: Never use a naked flame tocheck the appliance for leaks.

• Protect children!

• When disposing of the refrigerator,remove all refrigerator doors and leavethe storage rack in the refrigerator. Thiswill prevent accidental locking in orsuffocation.

• If you smell gas:

- close the locking tap of the gas supplyand the valve on the cylinder.

- open the windows and leave the room.

- do not switch on anything electrical.

- extinguish naked flames.

• Never open the cooling unit; it is underhigh pressure.

• Work on the gas, flue system andelectrical components must only becarried out by qualified service personnel.

• It is imperative that the operatingpressure should correspond to the datagiven on the model plate of theappliance.

• Compare the operating pressure datagiven on the model plate with the data onthe pressure monitor of the liquid gascylinder.

• Gas operation of the appliance is notpermitted while travelling on ferries.

• Covers ensure electrical safety and mustonly be removed using a tool.

• The appliance must not be exposed torain.

• The refrigerator is not suitable for theproper storage of medications.

COOLANT

Ammonia is used as a coolant.

This is a natural compound also used inhousehold cleaning agents (1 litre of Salmiak cleaner contains up to 200g ofammonia - about twice as much as is usedin the refrigerator). Sodium chromate is usedfor corrosion protection (1.8% of thesolvent).

In the event of leakage (easily identifiablefrom the unpleasant odour):

• switch off the appliance.

• air the room thoroughly.

• inform the authorised Customer Servicedepartment.

WARRANTY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

Warranty arrangements are in accordancewith EC Directive 44/1999/CE and thenormal conditions applicable for the countryconcerned. For warranty or other servicing,please contact our Dometic Servicedepartment. Any damage due to impro- peruse is not covered by the warranty. Thewarranty does not cover any modifications tothe appliance or the use of non-originalDometic parts;

the warranty does not apply if the installationand operating instructions are not adheredto and no liability shall be entertained. Partscan be ordered throughout Europe from our

Page 96: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

99

Dometic Service department. Your ServiceCentre contact numbers numbers are foundin the "European Service Network" booklet

When contacting Dometic Service, pleasestate the model, product number and serialnumber together with the MLC Code, ifapplicable. You will find this information onthe data plate inside the refrigerator.

DESCRIPTION OF MODEL

Refrigerator Mobile /Mobile Absorption Refrigerator

"L" with interior light

RM 7291 L

Last digit 1 = manual energy selectionLast digit 5 = automatic and manual

energy selection

CLEANING

Before using the refrigerator, it is advisableto clean the appliance both inside and out.

• Use a soft cloth and lukewarm water witha mild detergent.

• Then rinse the appliance with clean waterand dry thoroughly.

• Remove dust from the refrigerator unit atyearly intervals using a brush or softcloth.

Warning: To avoid deterioration ofmaterials:

• Do not use soap or hard, abrasive orsoda-based cleaning agents.

• Do not allow the door seal to comeinto contact with oil or grease.

Using the refrigerator• The cooling unit is silent in operation.

• When the appliance is first put intooperation, there may be a mild odourwhich will disappear after a few hours.

• Ensure the living area is well ventilated.

• The refrigerator will take several hours toreach its operating temperature in thecooling compartment

• The freezer compartment should be coldabout one hour after switching on therefrigerator.

ControlsA. Manual energy selection MES (e.g. RM

7XX1 L)

B. Automatic and manual energy selectionAES ( e.g. RM 7XX5 L)

Note: The refrigerator is equipped to operateon mains power, DC or liquid gas (propane/butane). The desired power option isselected by means of energy selector switch(A). Energy selector switch (A) has foursettings: AC mains power, DC (12V), Gas(liquid gas), OFF.

Appliances with automatic energy selectionhave the additional setting "AUTO" .

A = energy selection switchB = gas/electric thermostat AC/DCC = operating displays (3 LEDs)

A = energy selection switchB = gas/electric thermostat AC/DCC = operating displays (4 LEDs)D = temperature setting displayE = dimmer for LED-displays

(only accessible when door opens)

GasAC mains power12V DCAutomatic energy selection

OFF

Page 97: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MANUAL ENERGY SELECTION

ELECTRICAL OPERATION

12V - operation (DC)

Warning: The refrigerator should only be used while the motor is running,otherwise the on-board-battery wouldbe discharged within a few hours!

1. Set energy selector switch (A) to 12V .

2. Operating display "C", 12V lights "green".

Appliance is in function.

3. Use rotary switch (B) to regulate thetemperature in the main refrigerator compartment.

Note: If the operating display fails to light up( it lights up "red" at AES models ) the deviceis not in operation. (For troubleshooting seepage 105).

Mains power

This option should only be selected wherethe supply voltage of the connection forpower supply corresponds to the valuespecified on the data plate. Any difference invalues may result in damage the appliance.

1. Set energy selector switch (A) to 230V .

2. Operating display "C", 230V lights"green".

Appliance is in function.

3. Use rotary switch (B) to regulate thetemperature in the main refrigeratorcompartment.

Note: If the operating display fails to light up( it lights up "red" at AES models ) the deviceis not in operation. (For troubleshooting seepage 105)

GAS OPERATION

• The refrigerator should only be operatedusing liquid gas (propane, butane). Do notuse town gas or natural gas.

• If the refrigerator is operated during travelusing gas, the precautions stipulated bythe legislation in the respective countrymust be taken (in conformity with theEuropean standard EN 732).

• Operating the refrigerator with gas is notpermitted during travel in France andAustralia.

• As a basic rule, operation using gas isprohibited in petrol stations.

1. Open the valve of the gas cylinder

2. Open the shut-off valve to the gas supply.

Fitted Equipment

100

Page 98: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

101

1. Set energy selector switch (A) to gas

2. Set rotary switch (B) to "MAX" position.

The ignition process is activatedautomatically, accompanied by a tickingsound approx. 30 sec. Upon successfulignition, the display LED (C) "Gas" lightsyellow.The refrigerator is in function. Userotary switch (B) to regulate the temperaturein the main refrigerator compartment.

GAS FAULTS

In the event of a gas fault (e.g. gas cylinderempty), the operating display (C) flashesyellow.

Remedies:

Set the energy selector switch (A) toposition "OFF".

1. Is there any gas in the gas bottle?

2. Is the gas bottle valve open?

3. Is the on-board shut-off valve open?

4. Set the main switch (A) to "on"

The reignition starts again.

If after about 30 seconds the operatingdisplay (C) starts flashing red again, thegas fault has not been cleared (e.g. air inthe gas pipe).

5. Briefly switch the refrigerator off and thenon again using main switch (A).

To remove air from the gas pipes, repeatthis procedure 3-4 times.

If these actions do not help, please call anauthorised Dometic Service Centre.

Additional functions (RM 7XX5 L - modelsonly)

• Temperature setting display (D) with 4LED to indicate the selected temperature(MIN - MAX)

• LED - dimmer (E) for adjusting thebrightness of the display-LED (onlyaccessible when door opens)

Underneath the fascia is a knurled knob foradjusting the brightness (see item E above)

Temperature setting cooling compartment

As shown, you are able to regulate thetemperature of the cooling compartment, ifnecessary, by turning rotary knob (B) .

The cooling unit’s performance is influencedby ambient temperatures.

Tip: Please select the medium setting forambient temperatures between +15°C and+25°C. The unit operates within its optimumperformance range.

STORING FOOD

• Always store food in sealed containers,aluminium foil or similar.

• Never put hot food into the refrigerator,always let it cool down first.

Page 99: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment• Products that could emit volatile,

flammable gases must not be stored inthe refrigerator.

• Store quickly perishable foods directlynext to the cooling fins.

The freezer compartment is suitable formaking ice cubes and for short-term storageof frozen food. It is not suitable as a meansof freezing foods.

MAKING ICE CUBES

Ice cubes are best frozen overnight. At night,the refrigerator has less work to do and theunit has more reserves.

1. Fill the ice cube tray with drinking water.Only use drinking water!

2. Place the ice cube tray in the freezer compartment.

DEFROSTING

As time goes by, frost builds up on the fins.

When the layer of frost is about 3mm thick,the refrigerator should be defrosted.

1. Switch off the refrigerator, as describedon page 103 - "Switching off".

2. Remove the ice cube tray and food.

3. Leave the refrigerator door open.

4. After defrosting (freezer compartment andfins free of frost), wipe the cabinet drywith a cloth.

5. Use a cloth to mop up the water from thefreezer compartment.

6. Switch the refrigerator back on again.

Warning: The layer of ice must never beremoved forcibly, nor may defrosting beaccelerated using a heat source.

Note: Water thawing in the maincompartment of the refrigerator runs into anappropriate container at the back of therefrigerator. From there, the waterevaporates.

POSITIONING THE STORAGE RACK

Dismantling:

1. Loosen the front and back securing brackets.

2. Move the storage rack to the left and remove it.

To fit the storage rack, the reverse orderapplies.

102

Page 100: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

103

DOOR LOCKING

Open

Close

Park-position/ vent-position

SWITCHING OFF

1. Set energy selector switch (A) to position"0" (OFF). The appliance is now fullyswitched off.

2. Secure the door open by means of the door stop. The door will be slightly ajar. This is to prevent mould from forming inside the appliance.

Switching off gas operation

If the refrigerator is to be taken out of servicefor an extended period of time, the on-boardshut-off valve and the cylinder valve must beclosed.

WINTER OPERATION

1. Check that the ventilation grills and theextractor have not been blocked by snow,leaves or similar.

2. When the ambient temperature fallsbelow +8°C, the optional winter coversshould be fitted. This protects the unitfrom excessively cold air.

3. Affix the cover and fasten it.

Lower ventilation grille (L200

Upper ventilation grille with flue vent ( L100)

Page 101: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

Tip: It is also recommended that the wintercovers should be used when the vehicle istaken out of service for an extended periodof time.

INTERIOR LIGHT

Changing the light bulbs

1. Remove cover.

2. Detach defective light bulb.

3. Fit new light bulb

4. Clip the cover back in place.

Note: For 12V DC : 1 light bulb 12V, 2W

Please contact Dometic Service Centres forreplacement light bulbs.

104

4

1

2 3

Page 102: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

105

TROUBLESHOOTING

Before calling the authorised ServiceDepartment, please check whether:

1. The instructions in the section "Using therefrigerator" have been followed.

2. The refrigerator is not tilted excessively.

3. It is possible to operate the refrigeratorwith an available power source.

Failure : The refrigerator does not work on 230V

Possible cause Action you can take

On-board fuse defective.

No connection to supply voltage.

AES: gas operation despite connectionto the supply voltage?

Fit new fuse.

Establish power connection.

Appliance switches to gas operation due toinsufficient supply voltage (automaticallyswitches back to 230 V operation)

Failure : The refrigerator does not work in gas operation mode

Possible cause Action you can take

Gas bottle empty

Is the supply cut-out device open?

Air in the gas pipe?

Change gas bottle

Open the cut-out device

Switch device off and on again 3-4 times toremove air from the gas pipe

Failure : The refrigerator does not work on 12V

Possible cause Action you can take

On-board fuse defective

On-board battery discharged

Engine not running

Fit new fuse

Check battery, charge it

Start engine

Note: The Seven Series refrigerator requires a constant 12 volt supply for the fridge to operateon gas. Disconnecting the leisure battery will switch off the gas operation of the fridge.

Page 103: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

106

Failure : The refrigerator does not cool sufficiently

Possible cause Action you can take

Inadequate ventilation to the unit.

The thermostat setting is too low.

There is too much ice on the condenser.

Too much warm food put inside.

Appliance running for a short time.

Check that the ventilation grilles are notcovered.

Turn the thermostat to a higher setting.

Check that the refrigerator door sealswhen shut.

Let food cool down first.

Wait several hours, check again.

MAINTENANCE

• Works on gas components and electricalinstallation may only be carried out byauthorised personnel. We recommendyou contact your Dometic Service Centre.

• EN 1949 stipulates that the appliance´sgas equipment and it’s associated fumesystem must be inspected afterinstallation and a certificate issued.

Afterwards a qualified technician mustinspect according to EN 1949 every twoyears and a certificate issued.

It is the user’s responsibly to arrangefor inspections after purchase.

• It is recommended that the gas burner beinspected and cleaned as necessary at least once a year.

• We recommend maintenance following anextended shutdown of the vehicle.

PRODUCT LIABILITY

Product liability of Dometic GmbH does notinclude damages which may arise from faulty operation, improper alterations orintervention in the equipment, adverseeffects from the environment such aschanges in temperature and air humidity,which may impact the equipment itself or thedirect vicinity of the equipment or persons inthe area.

ENVIRONMENTAL HINTS

Refrigerators manufactured by DometicGmbH are CFC-free.

Ammonia (a natural compound of hydrogenand nitrogen) is used in the cooling unit as acoolant. The non-ozone-hazardouscyclopentan is used as a propellant in themanufacture of the PU foam insulation.

DISPOSAL

In order to ensure that the recyclablepackaging materials are re-used, theseshould be sent to the usual local collectionsystem.

The appliance should be transferred to asuitable waste disposal company that willensure re-use of the recyclable componentsand proper disposal of the rest.

For eco-friendly draining of the coolant fromall absorber refrigeration units, a suitabledisposal plant should be used.

ENERGY-SAVING TIPS

• At an average ambient temperature ofapprox. 25°C, it is sufficient to operate therefrigerator at the middle thermostatsetting (for both gas and mains voltage).

• Where possible, always store goods thathave previously been cooled.

• Do not position the refrigerator in directsunlight.

Page 104: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

107

TECHNICAL DATA

Model Dimensions Gross capacity Usable Connection *Consumption Netweight Ignition SteppedH x W x D (mm) incl. freezer capacity of Mains / Battery electricity / gas Burn Control cabinetdepth incl. door compartment freezer in 24 hrs Device /

compartment Ignition unit

RM7371L 821x486x606 89 litre 11.0 litre 125 W / 130 W ca.2.5 KWh / 270g 27kg ✓ ✓

RM7291L 821x525x541 86 litre 10.5 litre 125 W / 120 W ca.2.6 KWh / 260g 27kg ✓ ✓

We reserve the right to make technical changes.*Average consumption measured at an average ambient temperature of 25°C in pursuance of ISO Standard.

• Constant circulation of air must besupplied to the refrigerator unit.

• Defrost regularly.

• Open the door only for a short time whenremoving goods from the refrigerator.

• Run the refrigerator for about 12 hoursbefore filling it.

Page 105: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

108

THETFORD ABSORBERREFRIGERATORSThis user's information is for N112, N145 &N180 models of Thetford absorptionrefrigerators. It explains how to use yourrefrigerator correctly and safely. Read themanual carefully before using the refrigeratorfor the first time to obtain a quick overview ofhow to operate and use the refrigerator.

Thetford absorption refrigerators are speciallydesigned to store fresh and frozen food andmake ice cubes in caravans and campers.The control panel allows you to select thepreferred energy source and cooling level.Different energy sources allow you to useyour refrigerator under different conditions.

Thetford absorption refrigerators belong tocategory C11: gas appliances that must beinstalled so that the combustion area isisolated from the living space.

To find out more about how your absorptionrefrigerator works, visit the website atwww.thetford-europe.com.

PRECAUTIONS AND SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

Alerts

The following alerts are used in this user'smanual:

Warning! "Warning" alerts the user to thedanger of damage to the

product or to the user if the userfails to carry out the describedprocedures carefully.

Non-observance of theprocedures may result in seriousinjury to the user or damage tothe product.

Caution! "Caution" alerts the user to thepossibility of damage to theproduct if the user fails to carryout the described procedurescarefully.

Important! "Important" denotessupplementary information forthe user and alerts the user topotential problems.

Warnings

• This refrigerator must be installedaccording to the manufacturer'sinstructions and in compliance with localand national regulations.

• Read this manual carefully before youstart to use your refrigerator.

• Always consult the warnings before you perform any maintenance or gas checks.

Repairs/maintenance

• Never open or damage the coolingsystem. The cooling system is pressurizedand contains substances harmful tohealth.

• Never attempt to repair gas, extractor or electrical parts yourself. They must berepaired by a qualified service engineer.Contact the Customer Service departmentof Thetford for a list of qualified parties.

• Always switch off the refrigerator beforeyou perform any kind of maintenance orcleaning.

Use

• Never cover the ventilation grills in thewalls of a caravan. Good ventilation isessential for the correct working of theabsorber system.

• Water in the ventilation grating can resultin damage to the refrigerator. Therefore,we advise that you put the winter coverover the ventilation gratings prior towashing your vehicle.

• Never expose the refrigerator to rain.

• Never operate the refrigerator by gaswhile driving. If a road accident results infire, there is a risk of explosion.

What to do if...

• You smell gas:

- close the valve of the gas bottle;

- extinguish any naked flames;

- do not switch on any electrical devicesor lighting;

Page 106: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment- open the windows and leave the room;

- contact the Customer Servicedepartment of Thetford.

• You suspect a leak in the cooling system:

- switch off the refrigerator;

- extinguish any naked flames;

- provide sufficient ventilation;

- contact the Customer Servicedepartment of Thetford.

ABOUT YOUR REFRIGERATOR

Your refrigerator has a cold space and afreezer compartment. After starting up therefrigerator, allow it to cool for at least eighthours before placing any food in it.

Cold space

The cooling fins are located on the inside ofyour refrigerator. The absorption system usesthe cooling fins to withdraw heat from therefrigerator. Therefore, never place plastic orpaper over the cooling fins. Air must be ableto circulate freely through the refrigerator sothat heat can be extracted.

Important! Do not cover the cooling fins atthe back of the refrigerator with plastic orpaper. The refrigerator cools optimally whenair is allowed to move freely through therefrigerator.

• To limit frosting on the cooling fins:

- always cover liquid foods before placingthem in the refrigerator;

- always let hot food cool before placingit in the refrigerator;

- never keep the refrigerator open longerthan necessary.

Fitting racks

Inside your refrigerator there are two or threestorage racks. You can adjust the racks to aconvenient height by means of a simple clicksystem:

• click the plastic bracket to the right shortside of the rack;

• turn the bracket into the horizontalposition and insert the rack tipped in asloping position into the refrigerator;

• place the short side without bracket intoone of the grooves on the left wall of therefrigerator;

• place the short side with bracket in the corresponding groove on the right wall ofthe refrigerator;

• turn the bracket downwards to fix it intothe groove.

To move a rack, turn the bracket upwardsand remove the rack. Place the rack at therequired height in the way described above.

Securing products for driving

The fitting racks in your refrigerator have asystem for you to secure products whiledriving. The system consists of a simpleclick-and-slide plastic strip. To secureproducts on the rack while driving, push theplastic strip as tightly as you can against theproducts on the rack. In the storage spaceon the inside of the refrigerator door, thereare two unique Thetford bottle slides (seeillustration) The slides prevent bottles fromsliding around during driving. Push the slideagainst the products in the door or place theproducts between the bottle slide .

109

Page 107: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

110

Freezer compartment

Important!

- The freezer compartment is unsuitable as a means of freezing food, the freezerwill maintain the temperature of alreadyfrozen food

- Use only drinking water to make icecubes.

- Do not place any other products in thefreezer compartment when you aremaking ice cubes.

- Water freezes fastest with the thermostatat the highest setting.

Tip!

- Make ice cubes at night when yourrefrigerator has more spare capacity.

Door locking mechanism

The refrigerator door has an automaticlocking mechanism. The door locksautomatically when you press it shut firmly.This automatic locking mechanism alsokeeps the refrigerator door shut duringdriving. For some models an additionalsecurity device is fitted below therefrigerator. By pushing the locking bar overthe pin when the door is closed, you can besure that the door does not open during yourjourney.

If you are not going to use the refrigerator fora prolonged period of time, you can use thespecial storage latch of the door lockingmechanism (see illustration) to preventodours. Rotate the hook through 90 degreesand lock it in place using the strike plate.

MODEL NUMBERS:Manual ignition (N80P, N90P, N100P,N112P).

Electrical ignition (N80E, N90E, N100E,N109E, N110E, N145E & N180)

There are 2 versions of operating systemspossible with fridges with control panel 8(LCD display):

• EES (Electric Energy Selection):the 'Electric' version, where the preferredenergy source has to be selectedmanually [no 'Auto' function possible]

• SES (Smart Energy Selection):The 'Automatic' version, where the bestenergy source will be automaticallyselected when put in 'Auto' mode.

SWITCHING ON THE REFRIGERATOR(control panel)

• It is recommended to clean the inside ofthe refrigerator before you switch it on.

• Let the refrigerator cool for at least eighthours before you place food in it for thefirst time.

Page 108: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentIgniting and starting your refrigerator

Manual ignition:

Electric ignition:

A. The refrigerator can be powered by themains (230V), direct current (12V) or liquidgas. Select the energy source that youwant by means of the energy sourceselector switch (A). The switch has foursettings:

- direct current (DC) (12V)

- mains supply (230V)

- gas

- switched off

B. The thermostat controls the refrigeratortemperature when the refrigerator ispowered from the mains (230 V) or gas. The refrigeration level is indicated by thedots (the bigger the dot, the colder thesetting).

C. The flame meter shows whether the flameis alight. The flame is alight when the redneedle of the meter moves into the greenarea.

D. Pressing the manual (piezoelectric) starterproduces a spark that ignites the flame inthe burner.

Electrical operation

The refrigerator can be powered byelectricity in two ways:

• DC (12V): Set the energy source selectorswitch (A) to the refrigerator will nowbe powered by the battery of your car orcamper.

Important! - Always use the gas connectionor mains voltage to start up the refrigeratorfor the first time and to cool it. Powering fromthe battery of your vehicle is suitable only formaintaining the temperature of therefrigerator and its contents once it has beenrefrigerated.

• When powered by a vehicle battery (12 V)the refrigerator works without temperaturecontrol (i.e. constant operation).

• Mains voltage (230 V): set the powerselector switch (A) to

• Set the temperature by means of the thermostat, rotary switch (B). (The biggerthe dot, the colder the setting).

Powering with gas

Warning! - Flammable material must be keptaway from the refrigerator.

• For selection of gas type, see theinformation plate inside your refrigerator.

• For the pressure regulator model, see the information plate inside your refrigeratorand the table at the end of this booklet.

• The type of gas container and its locationmust be in compliance with the mostrecent regulations. Ensure that the unit isinstalled in a location with good ventilationand make sure that the ventilationopenings in the gas container storagelocation remain open.

111

A = Energy source selector switch B = ThermostatC = Flame meter

A = Energy source selector switchB = ThermostatC = Flame meterD = Manual ignition (piezo electric ignition)

Page 109: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

112

• The changing of the gas container mustbe done outside in the open air and out ofreach of any possible sources of ignition.

• You are strongly advised not to use gas topower the refrigerator while you aredriving. If a road accident results in fire,there is a danger of explosion.

• You are strongly advised not to use gas topower the refrigerator in the vicinity ofpetrol stations.

1. Open the valve of the gas bottle and thegas taps.

2. Set the thermostat (B) to the highest level(the biggest dot)

3. Set the energy source selector switch (A)to

4. Ignite the gas flame:

Manual ignition (N80P, N90P, N100P,N112P)

• Press the thermostat (B), and keep itdepressed.

• Press the button for manual ignitionseveral times at intervals of between 1and 2 seconds.

• Release the thermostat when the indicatorof the flame meter enters the green area.If it does not enter the green area, repeatthe previous step.

Warning! Never keep the thermostatdepressed for longer than 30 seconds. If aflame does not appear, wait at least fiveminutes before trying again. If you fail toobserve this rule, there may be anaccumulation of gas creating the risk of fireor explosion.

• Set the desired refrigeration level bymeans of the thermostat (B). (The biggerthe dot, the colder the setting)

Electrical ignition (N80E, N90E, N100E,N109, N110E, N145E & N180)

• Press the thermostat (B) and keep itdepressed.

• Ignition takes place automatically. You willhear a ticking noise. If ignition wassuccessful, the noise will stop and theflame meter will turn green. Release thethermostat.

• If the flame goes out, ignition will berepeated automatically.

• Set the desired refrigeration level bymeans of the thermostat (B). (The biggerthe dot, the colder the setting)

Switching off the refrigerator

• Set the energy source selector switch (A)to

• The refrigerator is now completelyswitched off.

• Use the special storage latch on the doorlocking mechanism to stop the door fromclosing. This prevents unpleasant odoursand mould in the refrigerator.

Important! If you are not going to use the refrigerator for a prolonged period, close thevalve of the gas bottle and the gas taps.

Electrical ignition (N145E).

• Press the thermostat (B) and keep itdepressed.

• Ignition takes place automatically. You willhear a ticking noise. If ignition wassuccessful, the noise will stop and theflame meter will turn green. Release the thermostat.

• If the flame goes out, ignition will berepeated automatically.

• Set the desired refrigeration level bymeans of the thermostat (B). (The biggerthe dot, the colder the setting).

Switching off the refrigerator

• Set the energy source selector switch (A)to

• Use the special storage latch on the doorlocking mechanism to stop the door fromclosing. This prevents unpleasant odoursand mould in the refrigerator.

Important! If you are not going to use therefrigerator for a prolonged period, close thevalve of the gas bottle and the gas taps.

Page 110: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentSWITCHING ON THE REFRIGERATOR(control panel)

• It is recommendable to clean the inside ofthe refrigerator before you switch on therefrigerator.

• Let the refrigerator run for at least eighthours before you place food in it for thefirst time.

Smart Energy Selection (SES)

When you start up a refrigerator equippedwith Smart Energy Selection (SES) youshould usually select the AUTO mode. TheSES system will then automatically select thebest of the three available energy sources.

The system will apply the following priority:

- mains voltage (230V)

- direct current (12V)

- liquid gas

If an energy source becomes available thathas a higher priority than the source therefrigerator is currently using (e.g. if yourvehicle engine is started), the system willstop using the current energy source andswitch to the energy source with the higherpriority.

If a fault occurs in one or more of thepossible energy sources, the system will notgenerate an error message while analternative energy source is still available.The SES system switches over automatically.

If none of the energy sources is available,the LED of the main switch will turn fromgreen to red and flash every second.

SES models additionally allow you to selectthe desired energy source manually.

Switching on the refrigerator

Important! The memory of the SES systemsaves every change made to the setting.Consequently, the SES system will start upon each subsequent occasion in the last-selected setting.

1. Open the valve of the gas bottle.

2. Open the taps of the gas supply.

3. Press main switch (A). The LED alongsidethe main switch will turn green.

4. Use the mode selection switch to selectthe "Auto" function or one of the powersupplies that you want. The LEDs willshow the option you have selected.

5. Set the desired cooling level by means ofthe cooling level selection switch (C). TheLEDs will show the cooling level setting

you have selected.

A. Use the main switch to switch therefrigerator on and off. The LED alongsidethe main switch will turn green. Thedisplay LEDs show the most recentsettings. After 10 seconds the displayLEDs will go out. The LED of the mainswitch remains green.

B. Press the mode selector switch and thedisplay LEDs will show the setting for 10seconds. Successively pressing the modeselector switch takes you through themenu in the following sequence: AUTO,manual DC (12V), manual gas, manualmains voltage (230V) and back to AUTO.Select either the AUTO option or one ofthe other power supplies that you want to use. The LEDs show the option you have selected. If you select the AUTO option,the system will choose the most suitablepower supply and the AUTO LED and theLED of the power supply chosen by thesystem will both light up. Ten secondsafter release of the mode selector switch,the system will switch off the LEDs. Theywill go out.

C. Use the cooling level selector switch tocontrol the temperature of the refrigerator.When you press the cooling level selectorswitch, the LED showing the currently settemperature will light up. Every time youpress the cooling level selector switch youset the refrigerator one position cooler.

113

A = Main switch (on/off) B = Mode selection switch C = cooling level switch D = Display LED

Page 111: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

114

On reaching the coldest temperature, thesystem will start again at the warmesttemperature setting. Ten seconds after release of the cooling level selectorswitch, the system will switch off theLEDs. They will go out.

Powering with electricity

Powering with electricity can be selectedboth by the Auto mode and manually.

Auto mode

Mains voltage (230V):

This energy source will be selected if themains voltage is greater than 200V. Thispower supply requires a continuous currentof 12V to operate the electronic controlsystem.

Direct current (12V) :

The SES system will select 12V poweringonly if a mains voltage (230V) is unavailable,the vehicle engine is running and a voltagehigher than 11V is available.

If a fault occurs during electrical powering(230V or 12V), an error message will not beshown on the display as long as anotherenergy source is available. The system willautomatically switch to the available energysource that has the highest priority.

Selecting electrical power manually

Mains voltage (230V):

The LED on the main switch warns youwhenever insufficient voltage is availableor if a fault occurs. If this happens, theLED will change from green to red andflash once per second.

When sufficient current is available again, orthe fault has been resolved, the main switchLED will emit a steady green light again.

Direct current (12V):

The main switch LED warns you wheneveryour vehicle's engine is not running, or if afault occurs, or if insufficient voltage isavailable. If this happens, the LED willchange from green to red and flash onceper second.

Once the engine is running, or the fault hasbeen resolved, or sufficient voltage isavailable again, the main switch LED willagain emit a steady green light.

NB: If the refrigerator has been manually setto operate at 12V, it will not automaticallyswitch to another energy source when yourvehicle's engine is not running. In this case,the refrigerator will stop cooling.

Powering with gas

Powering with gas can be selected both bythe Auto mode and manually.

Warning! - Flammable material must be keptaway from the refrigerator.

• For selection of gas type, see theinformation plate inside your refrigerator.

• For the pressure regulator model, see the information plate inside your refrigeratorand the table at the back of this booklet.

• The type of gas container and its locationmust be in compliance with the mostrecent regulations. Ensure that the unit isinstalled in a location with goodventilation and make sure that theventilation openings in the gas containerstorage location remain open.

• The changing of the gas container mustbe done outside in the open air and outof reach of any possible sources ofignition.

• It is prohibited to use gas to power therefrigerator while you are driving. If a roadaccident results in fire, there is a dangerof explosion.

• It is prohibited to use gas to power therefrigerator in the vicinity of petrolstations.

Page 112: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

Auto mode

The system will select gas operation if:

- mains voltage (230V) is unavailable;

- the vehicle's engine is not running.

Once mains voltage (230V) is available againor the vehicle's engine is running, the systemwill switch to the available energy source thathas the highest priority. If the refrigeratorswitches from 12V DC to gas operation whenit is in auto mode, the system will wait forabout 15 minutes before igniting the gas.During this time, however, the gas indicatorlamp will come on. The delay is built in toavoid it switching to gas operation wheneveryou stop to refuel your vehicle. You cancancel the delay by immediately switchingthe refrigerator off and then on again. If thesystem selects gas operation, the ignition willbe activated automatically. The gas will flowto the burner and be lit by the electricignition. If the flame goes out, the gas willimmediately be lit again.

Selecting gas operation manually

If the flame cannot be lit within 30seconds, the gas supply will stop and gasmode will be switched off. The LED of themain switch will turn from green to redand flash every second.

The gas mode can be reset only if therefrigerator is switched off. If you switch the

115

refrigerator on again and the gas mode is stillnot working, the LED of the manual gasmode will flash to indicate that gas isunavailable.

Important! It is prohibited to use gas topower the refrigerator while you are driving. Ifa road accident results in a fire, there is adanger of explosion. It is prohibited to usegas to power the refrigerator in the vicinity ofpetrol stations. If it takes longer than 15minutes to refuel your vehicle, you shouldswitch the refrigerator off using the mainswitch (A).

Switching off the refrigerator

• Set the main switch (A) to 0 (off).

• The refrigerator is now completelyswitched off.

• Use the special storage latch on the doorlocking mechanism to stop the door fromclosing. This prevents unpleasant odoursand mould in the refrigerator.

SWITCHING ON THE REFRIGERATOR(control panel)

• It is recommendable to clean the inside ofrefrigerator before you switch on therefrigerator

• Let the refrigerator run for at least eighthours before you place food in it for thefirst time.

Smart Energy Selection (SES)

When you start up the refrigerator (equippedwith Smart Energy Selection (SES)) youshould usually select the AUTO mode. TheSES system will then automatically select thebest of the three available energy sources.

The system will apply the following priority:

- mains voltage (230V)

- direct current (12V)

- liquid gas

If an energy source becomes available thathas a higher priority than the source therefrigerator is currently using (e.g. if yourvehicle engine is started), the system willstop using the current energy source andswitch to the energy source with the higherpriority.

If a fault occurs in one or more of thepossible energy sources, the system will notgenerate an error message while analternative energy source is still available.The SES system switches over automatically.

If none of the energy sources areavailable, the blue LED flashes everysecond and an error code is shown in thedisplay.

Automatic models additionally allow you toselect the desired energy source manually.

Page 113: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

116

Switching on the refrigerator

Important! The memory of the SES systemsaves every change made to the setting.Consequently, the SES system will start upon each subsequent occasion in the last-selected setting.

1. Open the valve of the gas bottle.

2. Open the taps of the gas supply.

3. Press main switch (A). The function LEDwill turn blue and all symbols on the LCDdisplay will light up.

4. Use the mode selection switch to selectthe "Auto" function or one of the powersupplies that you want. The LCD displaywill show the option you have selected.

5. Set the desired refrigerating cooling levelby means of the cooling level selection

switch (C). The LCD display will show thecooling level setting you have selected.

A. Use the main switch to switch therefrigerator on and off. The function LEDwill turn blue. The display LCD shows themost recent settings. After 10 secondsthe LCD display's backlight will go out. The function LED remains blue.

B. Press the mode selector switch and theLCD display backlight will show thesetting for 10 seconds. Pressing themode selector switch successive times takes you through the menu in thefollowing sequence: AUTO, manual DC(12V), manual gas, manual mains voltage (230V) and back to AUTO. Select eitherthe AUTO option or one of the otherpower supplies that you want to use. TheLCD display shows the option you haveselected. If you select the AUTO option,the system will choose the most suitable power supply and the AUTO symbol andthe symbol of the power supply chosenby the system will both be shown on theLCD display. Ten seconds after release ofthe mode selector switch, the system willswitch off the LCD backlight.

C. Use the cooling level selector switch tocontrol the temperature of the refrigerator.When you press the cooling level selectorswitch, the LCD backlight will light upand show the currently set temperature.Every time you press the cooling level

selector switch again, you set therefrigerator one position cooler. Onreaching the coldest temperature, thesystem will start again at the warmesttemperature setting. Ten seconds after release of the cooling level selectorswitch, the system will switch off the LCDbacklight.

Powering with electricity

Powering with electricity can be selectedboth by the Auto mode (only Automaticfridges) and manually.

Auto mode

Mains voltage (230V):

This energy source will be selected if themains voltage is greater than 200V. Thispower supply requires a continuous currentof 12V to operate the electronic controlsystem.

Direct current (12V) :

The SES system will select 12 V poweringonly if a mains voltage (230V) is unavailable,the vehicle engine is running and a voltagehigher than 11V is available.

If a fault occurs during electrical powering(230V or 12V), an error message will not beshown on the display as long as anotherenergy source is available. The system willautomatically switch to the available energysource that has the highest priority.

A = Main switch (on/off) B = Mode selection switch C = cooling level selection switch D = Function LED E = LCD display

Page 114: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

117

Selecting electrical power manually

Mains voltage (230V):

The LED warns you whenever insufficientvoltage is available or if a fault occurs. Ifthis happens, the LED will start flashingonce per second and an error code isshown in the LCD display

When sufficient current is available again, orthe fault has been resolved, the LED will emita steady blue light again.

Direct current (12V):

The LED warns you whenever yourvehicle's engine is not running, or if afault occurs, or if insufficient voltage isavailable. If this happens, the LED willstart flashing once per second and anerror code is shown in the LCD display.

Once the engine is running, or the fault hasbeen resolved, or sufficient voltage isavailable again, the LED will again emit asteady blue light.

NB: If the refrigerator has been manually setto operate at 12V, it will not automaticallyswitch to another energy source when yourvehicle's engine is not running. In this case,the refrigerator will stop cooling.

Powering with gas

Powering with gas can be selected both bythe Auto mode (only Automatic fridges) andmanually.

Warning! - Flammable material must be keptaway from the rear of the refrigerator.

• For selection of gas type, see theinformation plate inside your refrigerator.

• For the pressure regulator model, see the information plate inside your refrigeratorand the table at the back of this booklet.

• The type of gas container and its locationmust be in compliance with the mostrecent regulations. Ensure that the unit isinstalled in a location with goodventilation and make sure that theventilation openings in the gas containerstorage location remain open.

• The changing of the gas container mustbe done outside in the open air and outof reach of any possible sources ofignition.

• It is prohibited to use gas to power therefrigerator while you are driving.

• It is prohibited to use gas to power the refrigerator in the vicinity of petrolstations.

Auto mode

The system will select gas operation if:

- mains voltage (230V) is unavailable;

- the vehicle's engine is not running.

Once mains voltage (230V) is available againor the vehicle's engine is running, the systemwill switch to the available energy sourcethat has the highest priority if the fridge is inAuto mode.

If the refrigerator switches from 12V DC togas operation when it is in auto mode, thesystem will wait for about 15 minutes beforeigniting the gas. During this time, however,the gas indicator lamp will come on. Thedelay is built in to avoid it switching to gasoperation whenever you stop to refuel yourvehicle. You can cancel the delay byimmediately switching the refrigerator off andthen on again.

If the system selects gas operation, theignition will be activated automatically. Thegas will flow to the burner and be lit by theelectric ignition. If the flame goes out, thegas will immediately be lit again.

Selecting gas operation manually

If the flame cannot be lit within 30seconds, the gas supply will stop and gasmode will be switched off. The LED startflashing every second and an error codeis shown in the LCD display.

The gas mode can be reset only if therefrigerator is switched off. If you switch therefrigerator on again and the gas mode isstill not working, the LED of the manual gasmode will flash to indicate that gas is

Page 115: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipmentunavailable and an error code is shown inthe LCD display.

Important! It is prohibited to use gas topower the refrigerator while you are driving.If a road accident results in a fire, there is adanger of explosion. It is prohibited to usegas to power the refrigerator in the vicinity ofpetrol stations. If it takes longer than 15minutes to refuel your vehicle, you shouldswitch the refrigerator off using the mainswitch (A).

Switching off the refrigerator

• Push the main switch (A).

• The blue LED will go out.

• The refrigerator is now completelyswitched off.

• Use the special storage latch on the doorlocking mechanism to fixate the opendoor. This prevents unpleasant odoursand mould in the refrigerator.

MAINTENANCE

Regular maintenance is necessary to ensurethe correct functioning of your refrigerator.

Cleaning

Tip! A good time to clean your refrigerator isstraight after you have defrosted it.

• Clean the refrigerator with a soft clothand mild detergent.

• Dust the refrigerator with a soft,moistened cloth.

• Use a brush or soft cloth to remove oncea year any dust from the condenser atthe inside of the refrigerator.

Important! - Do not use soap or aggressivedetergents that are abrasive or soda-based.

• The removable interior components of therefrigerator are not dishwasher proof.

Defrosting

Frost will gradually build up on thecondenser of the refrigerator. You shoulddefrost the refrigerator as soon as the frostlayer is about 3 mm thick. Frost reduces therefrigerating capacity and life of yourrefrigerator.

• Remove the ice cube tray and all food.

• Switch off the refrigerator.

• Leave the refrigerator door open.

• Place dry towels in the refrigerator toabsorb the water.

• Place trays containing hot water in thefreezer compartment.

• After defrosting (when the freezercompartment and condenser are frost-free), remove the towels and the watertrays and use a cloth to dry off the refrigerator.

• Switch the refrigerator on again in theway described in section 4.1 ("Ignitingand starting your refrigerator").

Important! - Do not use force or sharpobjects to remove frost.

• Do not try to accelerate defrosting byusing (for example) a hairdryer.

Door locking mechanism

Frost will form in the refrigerator if the dooris not closed properly. To determine whetherthe door closes properly, close the door witha piece of paper between the door and therefrigerator. Pull at the piece of paper. If youfeel resistance, the refrigerator door closesproperly. If you feel no resistance, the doordoes not close properly. Perform this testregularly on all four sides of the refrigeratordoor.

If you find that the door does not closeproperly, check whether the door lockingmechanism keeps the door properly shut.

Winter operation

If you use the refrigerator when the outdoortemperature is below 8°C, install theThetford vent winter/storage cover on theventilation grills. The cover protects yourrefrigerator from excessively cold air. Thewinter cover is a refrigerator accessoryobtainable from your caravan dealer.

118

Page 116: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentTip! It is advisable to use the winter/storagecover if you are not going to use the vehiclefor a long period of time.

IMPORTANT; DO NOT USE THE WINTER/STORAGE COVER IN TEMPERATURESGREATER THAN 8°C AS THIS CANDAMAGE THE COOLING UNIT AT THEREAR OF THE FRIDGE. Remove the coversand re-fit when placing the vehicle back intostorage.

Maintenance of gas equipment

A qualified service engineer must maintainand inspect gas and electrical equipment. Itis advisable to have this maintenance workperformed by a customer service centre.Contact the Customer Service department ofThetford for a list of qualified parties.

Important! European laws covering gasappliances and extractors prescribeobservance of the following rules (which arethe user's responsibility):

• appliances that run on liquid gas must beinspected before being used for the firsttime and every year thereafter.

• the gas burner must be cleaned at leastonce a year or more frequently ifnecessary.

• If a gas hose is used, it must be checkedannually. This hose has a limited life and,thus, must be regularly replaced. Checkthe hose regularly for cracks, splits andageing. If in doubt, replace the hose. Payattention to the maximum life of the hoseand replace it in time, as advised by themanufacturer or in conformance withlocal regulations.

• For replacement, a gas hose approved in accordance with the local regulationsmust be used. Position the hose so thatit can rotate, is not kinked, and will allow

• Due to the limited life of the gas hose, itmust be installed so that replacement ispossible.

Maintenance checklist

This refrigerator will give you many years oftrouble-free use if you simply run through thefollowing checklist regularly:

• keep the refrigerator clean (see section7.1 of the user instruction manual,"Cleaning");

• defrost the refrigerator as often as isnecessary (see section 7.2 of the userinstruction manual, "Defrosting");

• check the door closing mechanismregularly (see section 7.3 of the userinstruction manual, "Door lockingmechanism");

• make sure that the ventilation grills arenot blocked;

• Regularly clean the ventilation grills.

Vent screen

The vent has a vent screen to prevent bugsfrom entering the combustion area of therefrigerators. These vents need to becleaned regularly to insure a good airflow.When the refrigerator performs poor becauseof external circumstances such as extremeambient temperatures, the vents can beremoved to improve the airflow and improvethe cooling performance of the refrigerators.

STORAGE

If you do not expect to use your refrigeratorfor a lengthy period, carry out the followingactions:

• Remove all food

• Switch off the refrigerator

• Clean the refrigerator as described inSection 7.1 'Cleaning'

• Shut off the gas tap to the refrigerator

• Leave the door of the refrigerator ajarusing the special door closure hook(storage position)

• Place the winter protection on theventilation grill.

119

Ventilation grating with winter cover

Page 117: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentTROUBLESHOOTING

If your refrigerator does not refrigerateproperly or will not start, run through thefollowing checklist. If this fails to solve theproblem, please contact the CustomerService Department in your country (see theaddresses at the back of this manual).

• Check whether you have followed theinstructions in chapters 4, 5 or 6 of theuser instruction manual("Switching on the refrigerator").

• Check whether the refrigerator is on alevel surface.

• Check whether the refrigerator can beused with an available energy source.

120

Problem: refrigerator will not work on gas

Possible cause Action you can take

a) Gas bottle is empty. a) Replace the gas bottle.

b) Valve of the gas bottle or one of b) Open the valve of the gas bottlethe shut-off valves is closed. or shut-off valve(s).

Problem: refrigerator will not work on 12V DC

Possible cause Action you can take

a) 12V fuse is defective. a) Fit a new fuse (Camper —> fuse boxof camper. Car —> fuse box of car)

b) Battery is empty. b) Test the battery and charge it.

Problem: refrigerator will not refrigerate sufficiently

Possible cause Action you can take

a) Insufficient ventilation for the refrigerator. a) Check whether the ventilation gratings are covered.

b) Thermostat set too low. b) Increase the setting of the thermostat

c) Too much ice on the condenser. c) Check whether the refrigerator door shuts properly and defrost the refrigerator.

d) Too much hot food stored simultaneously. d) Let the food cool off first.

e) Gas burner is dirty. e) Have the gas burner cleaned.

f) Door does not shut properly. f) Check the door closing mechanism.

Page 118: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

121

Control Panel Diagnostics

Refrigerators with a LCD control panel havea special diagnostics area which displays anerror code if there is a fault.

• Fault 1: AC heater current is measured tobe 75% below nominal current.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 2: DC heater current is measured tobe 75% below nominal current.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 3: AC heater is ON when it shouldbe OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 4: DC heater is ON when it shouldbe OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 5: Senses flame when gas shouldbe OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 6: Senses gas output terminal ONwhen should be OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 7: Senses gas output terminal OFFwhen should be ON.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 8: AC mains supply is 20% belownominal.

Action: Your controls are in manual ACmode, but there is no power available.Check if you plugged in the 230Vconnection, if so the voltage supply onthe 230V connection is to low, contactthe power supplier.

• Fault 9: Gas lockout because flame failsto ignite after 30 seconds.

Action: Your controls are in manual gasmode, but the flame fails to ignite. Checkif your gas cylinder is empty or if one ofthe shut-off valves is closed. Selectanother energy source. Reset the fridge 3or 4 times in gas-mode until flame ignites.Contact your dealer or a Thetford ServiceCentre if problem isn't resolved.

• Fault 10: No "engine running" signal ispresent and control is in Manual DCmode.

Action: Your controls are in manual DCmode and the engine of your vehicle isnot running. The refrigerator can only coolon 12V when the engine of your vehicle isrunning. Start the engine or select adifferent energy mode.

• Fault 11: No energy source is availableand control is in AUTO mode.

Action: Your controls are in AUTO mode,but no energy source is available. Startthe engine, connect the 230V supply oropen the gas supply and reset therefrigerator by turning it of and on again.

• Fault 12: Contact your dealer or aThetford Service Centre.

• Fault 13: Thermistor fails; controlautomatically switches to Backup mode(BOS).

Action: Check if the connector above thefin on the inside of the cabinet is correctlyplugged in. If so contact your dealer or aThetford Service Centre.

• Fault 14: Display Board and Power boardlost communication with each other.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

Page 119: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted EquipmentGUARANTEE, CUSTOMER SERVICE AND LIABILITY

Guarantee

Thetford B.V offers the end users of Thetfordrefrigerators a three-year guarantee.

In the case of defects within the guaranteeperiod, Thetford will repair or replace theproduct. In this instance, the costs ofreplacement, labour costs for thereplacement of defective components and/orthe costs of the parts themselves will bepaid by Thetford.

1. To make a claim under this guarantee, theuser must take the product to a ServiceCentre recognised by Thetford. The claimwill be assessed here.

2. If components are replaced during repairunder guarantee, these become theproperty of Thetford.

3. This guarantee does not prejudice currentconsumer protection law.

4. This guarantee is not valid in the case ofproducts that are for, or are used for,commercial purposes.

5. No claim under the guarantee will beaccepted in the following circumstances:

- the product has been improperly usedor the instructions in the manual havenot been followed

- the product has not been installed inaccordance with the instructions

- alterations have been made to theproduct

- the product has been repaired by aService Centre not recognised byThetford

- the serial number or product code havebeen changed

- the product has been damaged bycircumstances outside the normal useof the product

Liability

Thetford is not liable for loss and/or damagecaused directly or indirectly by use of therefrigerator.

ENVIRONMENT

Refrigerators manufactured by Thetford B.V.are PCB-free. Most of the refrigerator isrecyclable.

If the refrigerator has reached the end of itsservice life, contact your local wasteprocessing company to dispose of therefrigerator in an environment-friendly way.

Energy-saving tips

• Install the refrigerator and switch it onabout 12 hours before you put anything init.

• Do not expose the refrigerator to directsunlight.

• At an ambient temperature ofapproximately 25°C you can let therefrigerator operate at the middle position of the thermostat (both with gas operation and mains voltage).

• Store foods that have been pre-cooled.

• Open the door only briefly when you takethings out of the refrigerator.

• Defrost the refrigerator regularly.

122

Page 120: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

123

Do not use the oven with the door innerglass panel removed (glass oven doors only).

If the cooker has a storage compartmentbelow the oven, this should only be used tostore oven furniture. Do not store anyflammable materials in this compartment.

When cooking with fat or oil, never leaveunattended.

Turn pan handles inwards so they are out ofreach of children and cannot be caughtaccidentally.

Glass lids may shatter when heated, turn offall burners before shutting the lid.

Models without ignition button: For safetyreasons, we recommend the use of a handheld spark ignitor or gas lighter to ignite theburner, rather than a match or taper, whichcould allow burning debris to fall behind theappliance.

When you have finished cooking, checkthat all controls are in the off position.

THE HOB

Caution:• Do not use foil on the hob, as it creates a

fire hazard

• Glass lids may shatter when heated, turn off all burners before shutting the lid

• Note: When positioning the pan support, ensure that the fingers are central to the burners (Fig 1 of the user instructionmanual).

In the event of the burner flames beingaccidentally extinguished, turn off the burnercontrol and do not attempt to re-light theburner for at least 1 minute.

SPARE PARTS

When ordering spare parts, please give thefollowing information so the appliance can becorrectly identified:

1. The name of the appliance from the facia, and its colour.

2. The model number and the serial number of the appliance (from the data badge).

BE SAFE - NOT SORRY

Warning: Good ventilation is essential to thecontinuing safe operation of all gasappliances. Do not allow any ventilationopenings to become accidentally ordeliberately blocked.

Keep all flammable materials (such ascurtains, furnishings, towels and clothing)away from the appliance.

Parts of the appliance may be hot during orimmediately after use. Allow sufficient timefor the appliance to cool after switching off.

When opening the appliance door, take careto avoid skin contact with any steam whichmay escape from the cooking.

Do not use aluminium foil to cover the grillpan, or put items wrapped in foil under thegrill as this can create a fire hazard.

STOVES HOBS, GRILLS ANDOVENSPLEASE READ THE MANUFACTURERSINSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING THEAPPLIANCE

WARNING: When you are cooking it isessential to provide additional ventilationsuch as opening windows near the grill,cooker and oven.

WARNING: When using cooking orheating appliances, surfaces and handlesmay become hot. Care should be takenand if necessary hand protection used.

WARNING: Extra care should be takenwhen accessing the locker above the hobespecially whilst the hob is in use.Always be aware when opening thelocker door objects could fall out ontocooking pans causing injury.

BURNER IGNITION

The hotplate lid must be open for thehotplate, grill or oven burners to ignite.

The ignition should not be operated for morethan 15 seconds. If, after 15 seconds theburner has not lit, stop operating the ignition,open the compartment door and wait at least1 minute before attempting to ignite theburner.

Page 121: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

124

ELECTRIC HOTPLATES

Before using for the first time, prime thehotplate - switch it on without a pan toharden and burn off the coating. Use amedium-high setting for 3 - 5 minutes. Anon-toxic smoke may occur.

To switch on, turn the hotplate control knobto the required setting.

The high speed hotplate ring (if fitted) isidentified by its central red spot - this ringhas a faster response time.

THE GRILL

• Note: The door must be open when the grill is used.

• Caution: When the grill is being used, accessible parts may be hot; young children should be kept away.

• Never cover the grill pan or grid with cooking foil, or allow fat to build up in the grill pan as this creates a fire hazard.

• Keep all flammable material away from theappliance.

To light the grillPush in the control knob and turnanticlockwise to the large flame symbol.Keep the knob depressed, and press theignition button (if fitted), or use a hand heldspark ignitor or gas lighter. The knob mustbe held in for 15-20 seconds beforereleasing.

Detachable grill handle (if supplied)Place the handle (shield uppermost) over theedge of the grill pan at the recess and slidealong to position centrally between the twolocator bumps. To remove the handle, placethe grill pan down, and lift the handle slightlyas you slide it along the recess.

Using the grillPush in the grill pan until it locates centrallyunder the grill burner

There are three different grilling positions asthe trivet can be inverted to give a high orlow position or it may be removed.

1. The high trivet position is suitable for toasting bread.

2. The low trivet position is suitable for grilling all types of meat.

3. With the trivet removed the food is placeddirectly on the base of the grill pan, eg; when cooking dishes such as whole fish.

Always preheat the grill for 3 minutes forbest results.

When you have finished grilling, check thecontrol knob is in the off position.

Always use the most appropriate size ofburner for the pan you wish to use. Usepans with a flat base of minimum 100mm/4ins diameter, and maximum 200mm/8 insdiameter, which are stable in use. Avoid oldor misshapen pans as these may causeinstability.

Important: Any spillage of liquid should becleaned away immediately to reduce the riskof fluid entering the appliance.

Ignition - Push in the control knob and turnanticlockwise to the large flame symbol.Keep the knob depressed, and press theignition button (if fitted), or use a hand heldspark ignitor or gas lighter. The knob mustbe held in for 15-20 seconds beforereleasing.

Stoves Hob

Page 122: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

125

THE OVEN

Caution: When you are cooking, keep children away from the vicinity of the oven.

• Important: A safety device stops the ignition being used when the oven door is closed.

• Do no use foil on the oven shelves as this creates a fire hazard, and can hinder circulation of heat.

• Keep all flammable material away from the appliance.

To light the oven

1. Open the oven door and turn the control knob anticlockwise to the required gas mark. Push in and hold in the control knob, and either press the ignition button (if fitted) or use a hand held spark ignitor or gas lighter.

2. Once the burner has lit, close the oven door and hold the knob in for 15-20 seconds.

3. If the flame goes out, the flame sensing device cuts off the gas supply to the burner. To light the oven again, wait for 3 minutes then repeat the above procedure.

To turn off - Push in the control knob andturn clockwise.

PreheatingThe oven must be preheated for 10 minuteswhen reheating frozen or chilled food, andwe recommend preheating for all yeastmixtures, batters, soufflés and whiskedsponges.

Using the ovenThe shelf positions in the oven can bealtered. If you prefer darker cooked results,cook on a higher shelf. For paler results usea lower shelf.

The cake tray and roasting tin that aresupplied with this appliance are the largestwhich can be used for good results and evenbaking. Extra shelves, tins or trays can beordered from your supplier.

Place food items on the tray and position thetray on the centre of the shelf, leaving oneclear shelf position between shelves to allowfor circulation of air.

CLEANING

Caution: Any cleaning agent usedincorrectly may damage the appliance.

Always let the appliance cool beforecleaning.

Some cooking operations generate aconsiderable amount of grease. Thiscombined with spillage can become a hazardif allowed to accumulate on the appliancethrough lack of cleaning. In extreme casesthis may amount to misuse of the applianceand could invalidate your guarantee.

Do not use caustic pastes, abrasive cleaningpowders, coarse wire wool or any hardimplements as they will damage thesurfaces.

All parts of the appliance can be safelycleaned with a cloth wrung out in hot soapywater.

Burner caps and heads

Important: Allow burners to cool beforecleaning.

Caution: Hotplate burners can be damagedby soaking, automatic dishwashers (ordishwater powders/liquids), caustic pastes,hard implements, coarse wire wool andabrasive cleaning pastes.

Page 123: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

126

For the burners to work safely, the slots inthe burner head, where the flames burn,need to be kept clear of deposit. Clean witha nylon brush, rinse and dry thoroughly.

Clean with a mild cream cleaner eg; Cif, oruse a moist soapy Brillo pad.

Note: Fixed burners (if fitted): Some versionsincorporate fixed burners. These burners aresecured to the hob with 2 screws. Fixedburners must be cleaned whilst in position.Make sure that the gap between the burnerand the hotplate does not become blockedwith grease.

Glass parts (if fitted)

DOOR PANELS, FACIA PANEL, HOTPLATE LID

Do not use abrasive cleaners or polishes.Use a mild cream cleaner, eg; Cif. Rinsethoroughly and dry with a soft cloth.

The inner door glass panel can be removedfor cleaning; open the door wide, hold thebottom and top edges and slide out. Whenreplacing the glass panel, hold it level andstraight with the grooves in the door trimsbefore sliding back in.

Painted, plastic and gold coloured parts

DOOR FRAME & HANDLES, CONTROLKNOBS

Only use a clean cloth wrung out in hotsoapy water.

Vitreous enamel parts

GRILL PAN, HEATGUARD, OVEN/GRILLCOMPARTMENT(S), HOB SPILLAGE WELL,PAN SUPPORTS

Use a mild cream cleaner. Look for one thathas the Vitreous Enamel Council'srecommendation seal, eg; Cif.

Chrome plated parts (Fig 1)

GRILL GRID, SHELVES, SHELF RUNNERS

Do no use abrasives or polishes. Use amoist soap pad, eg; Brillo. Shelf runners canbe removed for cleaning. Grasp the runnersand slide out of the hanging holes as shownin fig 1.

Stainless steel surfaces (stainless steel models only)

Only use a clean cloth wrung out in hotsoapy water, and dry with a soft cloth. Donot use undiluted bleach or any productscontaining chlorides as they can permanentlydamage the steel.

Some foods are corrosive, eg; vinegar, fruitjuices and salt, and they can mark ordamage stainless steel if they are left on thesurface for any length of time. Wipe anyspillage immediately.

Sharp objects can mark the surface ofstainless steel but will become lessnoticeable with time.

Electric hotplates

Important: Ensure that elements are switched off and cool before cleaning

For normal cleaning use a clean damp cloth.For heavy cleaning, use a clean damp clothor scouring pad with a cream cleaner.

Follow the circular grooved pattern on thehotplate. Rinse off any cleansing agentthoroughly, then switch on to a low-mediumsetting for few minutes to dry. When cleaningtake care to avoid the red dot on the highspeed hotplate (if fitted).

Fig. 1 Chrome Plated Parts

Page 124: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

127

SHARP R247 MICROWAVE OVENPlease refer to the appliance manufacturershandbook regarding: - OPERATION,COOKING ADVICE, AFTERCARE andGUARANTEE

WARNING: THE DOOR, OUTER CABINET,OVEN CAVITY, TURNTABLE AND DISHESWILL BECOME VERY HOT DURINGOPERATION. TO PREVENT BURNS,ALWAYS USE THICK OVEN GLOVES.

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

• Do not allow water to come into contactwith the power supply cord or plug.

• Insert the plug properly into the socket.

• Do not connect other appliances to thesame socket using an adaptor plug.

• If the power supply cord is damaged, itmust be replaced by a Sharp approvedservice facility or a similarly qualifiedperson to avoid a hazard.

• When removing the plug from the socketalways grip the plug, never the cord asthis may damage the power supply cordand the connections inside the plug.

• If the plug fitted to your oven is arewireable type and in the event of thesocket outlet in your home not beingcompatible with the plug supplied, remove the plug properly (do not cut off).

• If the plug fitted to your oven is a non-rewireable type and in the event of thesocket outlet in your home not beingcompatible with the plug supplied, cut-offthe mains plug.

• Refit with a suitable type, observing thewiring code given in `To replace the mainsplug' on page 34 of the SHARP userinstructions.

1. Oven lamp

2. Control panel

3. Door opening button

4. Waveguide cover (DO NOT REMOVE)

5. Oven cavity

6. Coupling

7. Door latches

8. Door hinges

9. Door seals and sealing surfaces

10. Power cord

11. Ventilation openings

12. Outer cabinet

13. Turntable

14. Roller stay

Page 125: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY AND KEEPFOR FUTURE REFERENCE

OVEN USE:

• THE OVEN IS FOR DOMESTIC FOODUSE ONLY.

• NEVER OPERATE THE OVEN WHEN EMPTY.

• DO NOT LEAVE OR STORE ANYTHINGINSIDE THE OVEN WHEN NOT IN USE.

• NEVER ATTEMPT TO USE THE OVENWITH THE DOOR OPEN. IT ISIMPORTANT NOT TO FORCE ORTAMPER WITH THE DOOR SAFETY LATCHES.

• NEVER OPERATE THE OVEN WITH ANY OBJECT CAUGHT IN THE DOOR.

• DO NOT INSERT FINGERS OR OBJECTSIN THE HOLES OF THE DOOR LATCHESOR AIR-VENT OPENINGS AS THIS MAYDAMAGE THE OVEN AND CAUSE ANELECTRIC SHOCK.

• IF WATER OR FOOD DROPS INSIDE THEAIR VENT OPENINGS SWITCH OFF THEOVEN IMMEDIATELY, UNPLUG IT ANDCALL A SHARP APPROVED SERVICEFACILITY. (SEE PAGE 34 OF THE USER INSTRUCTIONS).

• NEVER MOVE THE OVEN WHILE IT IS OPERATING.

• NEVER PLACE ANY OBJECT SUCH AS ATEA TOWEL, ORNAMENT, RECIPE BOOKETC IN ANY OF THE AIR GAPSBETWEEN THE MICROWAVE AND THEINSIDE FACE OF THE MICROWAVE

CABINET. CLEAR AIR GAPS AT THE TOP,BOTTOM AND BOTH ENDS ARE ESSENTIALTO THE EFFICIENT OPERATION OF THEMICROWAVE.

PACEMAKER: IF YOU HAVE A HEARTPACEMAKER, CONSULT YOUR DOCTOROR THE PACEMAKER MANUFACTURERPRIOR TO OVEN USE.

Fitted Equipment

128

MICROWAVE OVEN If factory fitted the specification is:

* Internal capacity is calculated by measuring maximum width, depth and height.Actual capacity for holding food is less.

If fitting a Microwave DIY we recommend you purchase the above specification.

Make SHARP

Model R247

Power supply SINGLE PHASE 230-240V, 50Hz,

Microwave Power Consumption 1.21kW

Input power 5.2A

Output Power 800W (IEC 60705)

Frequency 2450 MHz

Outside dimensions 460(W) x 275(H) x 360(D)mm

Cavity dimensions 322 (W) x 187(H) x 336 (D)mm*

Oven capacity 20 litre*

Cooking uniformity Turntable diameter 272mm

Weight Approx 12kg

Page 126: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

129

ADVISORY NOTE FOR USERS OF AMICROWAVE OVEN

Microwave Ovens were originally introducedto re-heat pre-cooked pies etc. Over theyears people started using them for re-heating ready made meals and now for theyare used for cooking small amounts of food.

Most small microwaves, and some largemicrowaves, cease to cook the food whenthe microwave starts to overheat. This oftenoccurs when batches of food are cookedconsecutively.

Overheating is caused by a number offactors: -

- The heat generated within the Microwave.

- The Heat generated by an adjacent Oven,Hob of Fridge/Freezer, Radiator etc.

- The Heat generated in the environmentdue to the heating system and/or lack ofventilation etc.

- The mounting of the microwave in ahousing.

It has been proven in independent tests thateven when placed on a worktop in an openhousehold kitchen environment a microwavewill switch off, or the Magnetron will reduceits output, when the microwave starts tooverheat.

This fact is exacerbated in a Caravan orMotorhome as space is at a premium. Themicrowave has to be placed in a cabinet to

maximize the space available for all thefamily activities that take place in the modernCaravan and Motorhome. The housing alsosecures the microwave whilst travelling.

Frequently the above results in theMicrowave being mounted above an Oven/Hob or a Fridge/Freezer.

When the Sharp Microwave starts tooverheat, the magnetron automaticallyreduces its output but the Microwave stilllooks the same. The Light will stay on, theturntable will continue to rotate, the coolingfan will still operate and the timer willcontinue.

The above means that times quoted inrecipes should be used for guidance only.

It is essential, when cooking with anymicrowave, that the food is examined toensure that it is fully cooked before eating.

Page 127: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

130

C-200 CW only C-200 CWE onlyC-200 CWonly

THETFORD CASSETTEC-200 CW (Manual)and C-200 CWE (Electric)FEATURES1. Removable seat and cover.2. Rotatable bowl.3. Valve blade handle: opens and closes

valve blade.4. Flush-handle activates the flush by lifting

and pushing down the handle.4a C-200 CWE. Flush button: activates

flush.4b C-200 CWE. Valve blade buttons: open

and close valve blade electronically.5. Power-supply for the waste-level

indicator: two batteries, type: Penlite 1,5VAA alkaline.

6. Waste-level indicator: indicates when holding tank requires emptying.

7. Rotating pour-out spout: makes emptyingholding tank easy and convenient.

8. Upper carrying handle9. Automatic holding tank vent: vents the

holding tank when the tank is inserted in the toilet. This prevents under- or overpressure in the holding tank.

10. Valve blade opener.11. Sliding cover: closes automatically when

holding tank is taken out. Guarantees optimal hygiene.

12. Valve-blade13. Vent button: vents the holding tank to

avoid splashing while emptying.14. Hand grip15. Access door16. Waterfill door

05

04

0604a 06 16

04b

03

0102

08 07 09 14 12

1311

14

10

15

Page 128: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

131

CASSETTE C-200 CW AND C-200 CWE The toilet section of the C-200 includes arotatable bowl, removable seat and cover, aconsole with a flush handle/flush buttons, abuilt in flush-watertank and a waste levelwarning indicator. Underneath the bowl, thevalve blade handle is located.

PREPARING FOR USE1. Open access door pull retaining clip

upwards (fig. 1).

2. Remove holding tank by pulling straight out. When holding tank hits the stop, tilt front end downwards slightly and remove (fig. 2).

3. Position tank vertically and swivel pour-out spout upwards (fig. 3).

4. Remove the cap of the pour-out spout. Add required quantity of toilet fluid through pour-out spout then add approx. 2 litres of water through the spout to cover holding tank bottom. Replace cap and return pour-out spout to its original stored position (fig. 4).

Note: Warmer weather or longer intervals between emptying the waste tank may require additional toilet fluid. Use only Thetford toilet fluid to achievethe best results.

Caution: Never add toilet fluid directly into toilet bowl.

5. Slide the holding tank into position through access door (fig. 5).

6. Make sure the holding tank is secured by the retaining clip. (fig. 6).

7. Open the waterfill door and add 50 ml of Aqua Rinse. Aqua Rinse results in a better flush and improves the hygiene of the toilet. Then fill the watertank with fresh water using a jerrycan or a hose. Tank capacity is 7 litres (fig. 7).

OPERATION8. Turn the bowl in the most comfortable

position (fig. 8)

9. C-200 CW only: Before using the toilet it is recommended to flush some water into the bowl by lifting and pressing downthe flush handle (fig. 9).

9a.C-200 CWE only: Before using the toilet it is recommended to flush some water into the bowl by pressing and releasing the flush button (fig. 9a).

87

1 2

3 4

5 6

9 9a

Fitted Equipment

Page 129: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

132

10. After use open the blade by turning the blade-handle anti-clockwise (fig. 10).

10a.C-200 CWE only: After use open the blade by pressing the ‘open’ button (fig. 10a).

11. C-200 CW only: To flush, lift the flush handle and press it down (fig. 11). After flushing, close the blade by turning the blade handle clockwise.

11a. C-200 CWE only: To flush press the flush button (fig. 9a). After flushing, closethe blade by pressing the close button on panel (fig. 11a).

The toilet may also be used with the valve blade open, which allows the waste to pass directly into the holding tank.

The waste holding tank is located underneaththe toilet and is removed for emptying fromthe outside of the vehicle through an accessdoor. A rotating pour-out spout, automaticholding tank vent, air release valve, valveblade, carrying handles and hand grip areincorporated in the waste holding tank. Asliding cover guarantees you optimalhygiene.

EMPTYING THE HOLDING TANKThe holding tank capacity is approx. 17 litresand the tank should be emptied when thewaste-level indicator lights up. The waste-level indicator lights up when the holdingtank contains more than 15 litres of waste.

CAUTION: Do not allow the holding tank tobecome overfilled. See trouble shootingsection for emergency emptyingprocedure.

12. Open access door and remove the holding tank. The holding tank can only be removed when the valve blade is closed (fig. 12).

13. Carry the holding tank to a normal household type toilet or other authoriseddisposal point. Place the holding tank in vertical position and rotate pour-out spout upwards (fig. 13).

14. Remove the spout cap. Grasp unit by upper carrying handle nearest to pour-out spout. Place other hand on upper rear hand grip so that vent button can be depressed with the thumb while emptying. This ensures a smooth outflow of the tank contents. (fig. 14).

Note: Only depress the vent button when pour-out spout is pointed downwards.

Rinse the holding tank with clean water. For preparing for use again, see steps 1 to 7.

CLEANING AND MAINTENANCEThe lipseal and the seal of the automatic ventare made of rubber and therefore these partsneed regular maintenance (depending onfrequency of use, once or twice a month).

10 10a

11 11a

12 13

14 15

Page 130: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

133

Lipseal: Remove the sliding cover. Open thevalve-blade by turning the blade-openerknob anti-clockwise. Clean the seal withwater. Dry the seal and grease with siliconespray/oil or vegetable oil.

Seal of automatic vent: Turn the automaticvent 60° anti clockwise and remove gently.Clean the seal with water. Dry the seal andgrease with silicone spray/oil or vegetableoil.

To clean the holding tank, empty the tank,and rinse with clean water. Use a mild soapto clean toilet bowl, seat and cover, as wellas exterior of toilet unit and holding tank.

NOTE: Do not use strong householddetergents or cleaners that contain chlorine,solvents or acid contents.

WINTERING/STORAGEThe Thetford Cassette C-200 CW/CWE iseasily winterised for storage.

Empty remaining fresh water into the bowlby activating the flush handle up and down(C-200 CW) or by pressing the flush button(C-200 CWE).

Once pump has been cleared and water flowhas stopped completely, release into wastetank. Remove waste tank and emptycontents in normal way.

To evacuate any remaining water from thefresh water tank. place a container

underneath the drainplug and removedrainplug.

When procedure has been completedreplace drainplug and waste holding tank(fig. 15). Clean the seals and grease themafter drying (see cleaning and maintenance).

Leave the blade of the holding tank open. Donot replace cap on the pour out spout, toventilate the holding tank. (Also grease theseal of the pour out spout cap.)

COLD WEATHER USEThe toilet can be used in cold weatherconditions provided that the toilet is inheated surroundings. If this is not the case,you can use a nontoxic antifreeze (propyleneglycol) or an antifreeze such as those used incar radiators. Add the antifreeze to the waterin the tank. Add the quantity specified in theinstructions, paying due regard to the safetyinstructions.

HIGH ALTITUDE AND WARM WEATHER USEPressure may build up in the holding tank ifthe tank is not inserted while driving at highaltitudes or in warm weather conditions. Theautomatic holding tank vent will vent thetank when there is over- or under-pressure.High temperatures may require additionalThetford toilet fluid.

THETFORD WARRANTY1. The Thetford Cassette is warranted for

one year from the date of purchase, please fill in and return the warranty card.

2. The warranty covers replacement of defective or flawed parts and the inadequate performance of the toilet.

3. In case of a defect apply to an original dealer or Thetford Service Centre with proof of purchase.

4. Defects, which in our judgement occurred from misuse, negligence or accident, are not covered by the warranty. In addition, the warranty does not apply if the product is installed or handled improperly or if other than the prescribed toilet fluids have been used or if the product has been altered in any way or has been repaired by unqualified persons, or if the serial number and/or date has been altered or removed.

5. Should the original buyer wish to return tous parts believed to be defective, the parts should be sent prepaid. If we find the parts defective and covered by warranty, they will be repaired and returned. If warranty does not apply or has expired, a nominal charge will be made. Any transport costs are for the account of the owner.

Fitted Equipment

Page 131: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

134

WARNING: Care should be taken whenusing the external barbeque point. Never barbeque next to an awning ortent.

WARNING: The caravan barbeque pointshould only be used as an outlet pointfor gas, never connect a gas bottle direct to the outlet.

6. Before returning product or parts they should be properly cleaned, in order to carry out inspection and repair.

7. No other warranty is given and no personal representative is authorised to make any warranty other than that is contained herein.

CARAVANS WITH EXTERNALBARBEQUE POINTModels equipped with an external barbequepoint can be used to power any gasappliance suitable for the gas used in thecaravan, at the working pressure shown onthe label in the barbeque outlet box. Pleasenote when using the outlet that the fittedregulator will allow a maximum of 1.5kg perhour of gas to be taken from the gas bottle.Therefore the consumption of gas from boththe appliances within the caravan and theappliance connected to the barbeque pointcannot exceed a total of 1.5kg per hour atany one time. If you are in any doubt pleaseconsult your dealer for advice. To use pointproceed as follows:

1. Fit male nozzle from despatch kit to yourbarbeque or appliance ensuring a gastight joint. The work should be carried outby a competent person; if in any doubtconsult your dealer.

2. Open box lid by pulling tab on bottomedge and lifting. Remove red cover cap.

3. Insert male nozzle on appliance intofemale coupling, push firmly until click isfelt.

4. Open gas locker on caravan, ensure gasbottle tap is open and supply isconnected to regulator. Turn isolation tapbehind barbeque point to open (so thatthe tap handle is in line with the flowdirection of the gas.

5. Returning to barbeque point, turn redknob until it is in line with the flowdirection of the gas.

6. Light and operate appliance to itsinstructions.

7. When operation of external gas appliancehas finished, turn red knob in barbequebox so that it is at right angles to the flowof gas to isolate the appliance.

8. Release the appliance hose and nozzle bypushing back the collar of the coupling.

9. Replace red cover and close lid of barbeque point.

Please note that you cannot open the gassupply until the nozzle has been inserted.

In the interest of safety all external hoselengths should be kept to a minimum andattachments secured correctly.

Page 132: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

CARAVANS WITH TV INLET INBATTERY BOXModels equipped with TV points in thebattery box have the facility to take anexternal signal and supply that signal to TVpoints within the caravan. Depending uponmodel there are two ways of achieving this:

CARAVANS WITH SCREW ON / F-TYPECONNECTION IN BATTERY BOX

Caravans equipped in this way feature adirect link from the connection point in thebattery box, to an auxiliary connection pointat the primary TV position within the caravan.The primary TV position is that which alsofeatures an AV outlet plate (see later text).

The direct link can be used to:

1) Supply an external signal (caravan site TVfeed) to the primary TV position

- Connect the socket in the battery box, witha suitable lead, to the appropriate socketon the caravan site supply post. As theconnector in the battery box is a screw on‘F-type’ connector, an adaptor to convertthis to a ‘push-on’ co-ax connector, whichmay be required, has been supplied withyour caravan.

- Locate the primary TV position within thecaravan. At the 12v, TV and SAT socket,connect your TV to the output from thesocket marked SAT with a suitable lead.

2) Connect an external satellite dish to adecoder within the caravan. (The directlink uses F-type interconnects throughoutto allow the decoder and dish tocommunicate correctly)

- Connect the dish to the socket in thebattery box with a suitable lead. The F-typeto co-ax adaptor should not be used.

- Connect the dish input connection on thedecoder to the ‘SAT’ socket on the 12v,TV and SAT socket located in the primaryTV location.

3) Supply a signal from within the caravan tothe exterior of the caravan

- Connect the output from your VCR or otherdevice to the SAT connection on the 12v,TV and SAT socket at the primary TVposition.

- Connect your receiving device (TV orsimilar) to the socket in the battery box witha suitable lead.

As can be seen from the simplifiedschematic, when multiple TV locations arepresent in a van, all of these receive signalsfrom the TV aerial connection box. Usingadaptors and link cables which are readilyavailable, it may be possible to re-direct asignal from the ‘SAT’ connection at theprimary TV location, up to the aerialconnection box to be then distributed toother TV positions within the caravan. Pleaseremember that as the number of connectionsincreases the quality of the signal reduces.

12v

120w

TV

120w

12v

TV

SAT

STATUS

INOUT OUT

PRIMARY TV LOCATIONSECONDARY TV LOCATION

F-TYPE SOCKET IN BATTERY BOX

F-TYPE INTERCONNECT

135

Fitted Equipment

Page 133: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

136

CARAVANS WITH ‘PUSH-ON’CO-AX CONNECTION IN THEBATTERY BOX.(CAMEO MODELS)

Caravans equipped in this way feature aco-ax link from the external connection pointin the battery box to the aerial connectionbox fitted as part of the TV aerial installation.This link can be used to:

1) Connect an external feed to the aerialconnection box, which can then bedistributed to the TV positions within thecaravan.

- Connect the co-ax socket in the batterybox, to the appropriate socket on thecaravan site supply post. A suitable leadwill be required to achieve this.

- A Y-connector fitted at the TV aerialconnection box brings the signal from thebattery box socket and the signal from theroof mounted aerial into the aerialconnection box

- Either of these signals are then available atthe internal co-ax sockets.

2) Supply a signal from the fitted TV aerial tothe connection point in the battery box.

- Remove the co-ax lead which routesbetween the battery box and the aerialconnection box (black lead) from the Y-connector.

- Connect the now loose black lead to one ofthe sockets on the aerial connection boxmarked ‘OUTPUT’. If no ‘OUTPUT’positions are available, one of the internalco-ax sockets will have to be disconnectedtemporarily at the connection box position.

- Connect your receiving device to thesocket in the battery box with anappropriate lead.

FITTED DVD / AV SOCKET

A DVD / AV Output Socket, (pictured),comprising three sockets for phono plugs,has been located in the primary TV positionson models in some ranges.

The socket provides video and left and rightaudio channel output to connect to atelevision with suitable input connectors(Please see the instructions supplied with thetelevision for details). A suitable cable will berequired to connect between the socket andtelevision.

In order to use the socket, a DVD playermust be located in the radio position close tothe socket. A set of leads ending in phonoplugs are present within the radio mountingfurniture, which must be connected to theoutput sockets on the rear of the player. Asuitable DVD player (which also operates asradio, CD player and MP3 player) is availablefrom your dealer.

12v

120w

TV

OUTOUT IN

STATUS

12v

120w

TV

CO-AX SOCKET IN BATTERY BOX

PRIMARY TV LOCATIONSECONDARY TV LOCATION

Page 134: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

STATUS 315 OMNI-DIRECTIONALTV AND FM RADIO ANTENNA(model dependant )

OPERATING THE SYSTEM

• Switch on the Power Pack and the redLED will illuminate.

• Check the gain control switch is set to thenormal ‘NML’ position (Switch Up).

• Turn on your television set and tune in.This may be necessary at all newlocations.

REMOVING THE ANTENNA

• A permanently fitted Status may beremoved if there are severe heightrestrictions, leaving only the mounting footin place.

• Unplug the antenna from the Power pack.On the adapter, loosen the two grubscrews and lift off whilst carefully feedingout the coaxial cable with the plugattached.

• Push the blanking cap supplied into placeto cover central hole

REMOVING THE PINNACLE

This may be necessary should you wish toreduce the overall height of the antenna by90mm.

• Simply unscrew the Pinnacle and remove.The antenna is designed to remainwatertight without the Pinnacle

• To replace, simply screw in and tightenBY HAND

IMPORTANT – The Pinnacle is an integralpart of the antenna and critical to itsperformance. When in use always ensure thePinnacle is fitted.

STATUS 530 DIRECTIONAL TVAND FM RADIO ANTENNA (model dependant )

Firstly determine the approximate location ofthe nearest transmitter and whether thesignals are horizontally or vertically polarized.For assistance ask your site operator orcheck antennas in the vicinity

1. Loosen the Mast Locking Collar and WallBracket and raise the antenna. Turn themast to direct the Antenna towards theTV transmitter.

The RED spot on the bottom of the mastindicates the front of the Antenna.

2. When receiving vertically polarizedsignals, rotate the winder anti-clockwiseto cant the antenna through 90°.DO NOT over tighten or use undue forceon the winder.

DO NOT cant for vertically polarizedsignals with the TELESCOPICSEXTENDED

3. Switch ON the Power Pack and the REDLED will illuminate.

4. Check the gain control switch is set tonormal – NML.

5. Tune your television to the strongestsignal. You may need to adjust thedirection of the mast to achieve the bestquality picture.

137

Fitted Equipment

Page 135: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

138

6. Secure by tightening the Mast LockingCollar and Wall Bracket

REMOVING THE ANTENNA

A permanently fitted Status can be easilyremoved leaving only the Mounting Foot andrubber gaiter.

1. Unplug the antenna from the Power Pack.

2. Loosen the Mast Locking Collar and WallBracket and lift off whilst feeding out thecable.

3. Push the Blanking Cap supplied intoplace.

IMPORTANT – The Blanking Cap is atemporary seal and is not for long term use.

WING OMNI-DIRECTIONALTV ANTENNA (model dependant )

This is a plug and play antenna, only suitablefor use with televisions. The pinnacle on theroof cannot be removed.

Page 136: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

139

Fig. C

Fig. A

Fig. B

BEDDINGSleeping bags and continental quilts can becompressed into small spaces and can beready to use in minutes.

LOWER SINGLE BEDS ASSEMBLY(Figs. A & B)

1. Unroll bed slat bundle and place between the recess in both seats.

2. Arrange seat cushions as appropriate.

DOUBLE BED ASSEMBLY(Fig. C)

1. Grip front of slatted bed and walk backwards until bed is fully extended.

2. Arrange seat cushions as appropriate.

Fitted Equipment

Page 137: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

140

PULLMAN BUNKS

1. Release catches, one at a time.

2. Release press studs on the bed board.

3. Grasp the bunk as shown and pull carefully in direction of arrows.

4. The bunk is designed to automatically move into the correct position.

5. Where a bed board is fitted, unfold and make sure it is secured by press studs when lifted into position. (The bed board is required to protect both the occupant and the window from damage during use of the bunk.)

6. Locate safety boards.

7. Arrange seat cushions as appropriate.

BUNKS ARE DESIGNED TO CARRY ACHILD TO A MAXIMUM OF 70KG (11 STONE)

WARNING: Use upper bunks for sleepingonly, with the provided protectionagainst fall out in position

WARNING: Care shall be taken againstthe risk of fall out when the upper bunksare in used by children especially under6 years of age, these bunks are notsuitable for use by infants withoutsupervision.

Page 138: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

141

KOMFORTROLLO BLINDS (SEITZ)

Blinds and FlyscreensFlyscreen and blinds operate in the samemanner. The flyscreen can only be ‘fully up’or ‘fully’ down, but the blind also has anintermediate position.

To operate, pull down by holding thefingergrip(s), gently ease towards the windowto locate the catches. To retract, pull downeasing away from the window to release thecatches and guide to the required position.

• ONLY OPERATE BY HOLDING THE FINGERGRIP(S) - pulling on one side will cause uneven running and snagging.

• DO NOT ALLOW THE BLIND OR FLYSCREEN TO RE-COIL WITHOUT CONTROL.

• It is not recommended that blinds and/orflyscreens are left in the down position forlong periods or when travelling, as thiscan result in fatigue of the spring.

• Clean the cassette, side track and fabrics with mild detergent and water.

• Lubrication of mechanism or spring is not required or recommended. However, if components should require cleaning, use only WD40 or similar with fluff-free cloth. Other lubricants may result in damage to fabrics and plastics.

Tension AdjustmentRemove plastic cover (if fitted) to locatetension lugs. The tension lugs have a slotand are located in the cassette on a‘bayonet’ principle. Insert screwdriver intoslot (ensure a good fit), turn lug clockwise toallow the spring tension to push the lugs justfree of the cassette. Keep fingers away fromscrewdriver tip to avoid accidental injury.Spring can now have more or less tensionapplied as required.

If in doubt of tension to be applied, releaseall tension and re-start. In which case, withblind fully wound on the roller, apply 12revolutions of lug (factory setting).

Refitting is a reversal of removal procedure.

For more detailed information, seemanufacturer’s instructions.

Cassette Blind and FlyscreenAlways hold the end rod in the middle. Whenclosing blinds, slide the end rod of theflyscreen blind on to the end rod of the sunblind and engage. To open the blind push theend rods towards the darkening blind to theedge and disengage the end rods. Nowmove the end rod of the flyscreen back byhand - do not let it recoil.

DOORSCREEN

When drawing or releasing the doorscreen,care should be taken not to let it spring backfreely, this may result in damage to thescreen or its fittings.

Fitted Equipment

Page 139: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

142

Always pull the doorscreen close to thecentre. It is not advisable to pull close to thetop or bottom as this will cause snaggingand uneven running.

CautionWhen opening or releasing thedoorscreen, care must be taken to avoidtrapping fingers.

Do not allow the doorscreen to slamopen.

SEITZ ENTRANCE DOOR

To open from the outside, pull the openinglever in the door handle.

To open from the inside, pull the openinglever in the recessed handle.

To lock the door from the outside turn thekey to the left, to unlock turn the key to theright.

To lock the door from the inside, depress thelocking button. To unlock pull the handle.

The window is opened by depressing thebutton on the catches and turning through90°, open the pane fully until it locates. Toclose pull the pane back and close thecatches.

The door flynet and blind operateindependently by sliding together andengaging.

ROOF LIGHTSWhen opening the roof lights, care must betaken to release the locking mechanism asthe unit is raised.

Roof lights must be fully closed whentowing.

Roof lights provide 12,500mm2 of fixedventilation each.

WINDOWSTo open press the knobs in the middle of thecatches and turn through 90°. Swivel thepane open as required.

To close the window, open the window as faras possible and slowly close again, turn thecatches through 90° to close.

All opening windows have two catchpositions. The first position is for ventilationthe second seals the window from ventilationand rain.

HEKI-2 ROOF LIGHT (SEITZ)The lift/tilt roof light can be set in 3 positionsby means of pneumatic springs.

Position 1 lifts the pane 12mm withoutallowing rain to enter the caravan.

Position 2 sets the pane to a 150mmopening and locks with a bar.

Position 3 opens the pane through 55°.

A fully adjustable flyscreen and black-outscreen are built into the inner frame. Theflyscreen can be drawn independently andthe black-out screen is variable for partial orfull black-out.

Forced ventilation functions via a brush linedduct instead of a ventilated pane.

A cover hood can be fitted for winterprotection.

Heki-2 roof lights provide 13,200mm2 of fixedventilation

MINI HEKI ROOFLIGHTTo open depress button and push barupwards. The rooflight has two openventilation positions and a fully openposition.

The blind and flynet operate independentlyof each other and are engaged byconnecting to each other and sliding.

Page 140: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

143

REMISTAR

Important notes:

• Keep the roof light closed and lockedwhen driving

• Keep the blind systems open whendriving

• Never step onto the roof light.

• Never open the roof light when it isheavily raining or hailing.

• Never open the roof light at temperaturesbelow -20°C.

• Before opening, remove snow, ice or dirt.

• Keep the blinds systems open whiledriving.

• Keep the roof light closed whendriving.

• Before opening, check for obstacles suchas branches. While closing no objects orparts of the body mustn't reach the opening. Attention: risk of injury!

a) To open the rooflight: Press switch untilrequested position is reached

At the final position motor stopsautomatically

b) For closing the rooflight: Press switchuntil requested position is reached

To secure completely press the switchuntil motor stops automatically

• Manual usage in case of electricity failure:

Make sure that no obstacles or parts ofthe body are in the roof light opening.

1. Detach round cap and remove ventilationgrids

2. Insert crank handle completely and holdtight

Fitted Equipment

Page 141: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

144

3. Press button (3 A) for unlocking motorgear: Keep button pressed and turn thecrank handle (3 B) for movingclosing/opening the rooftop

Attention:

The roof light might close abruptly-

Therefore always hold the crank handlesecurely as long as the gear is unlocked.

For relocking the motor gear, pull the button(A) down and move the crank handle untilgear is locked to the motor gain.

Lighting

Press the balance switch

Fly net functions

Push crossbar of fly net against crossbar ofpleated material until it locks. To releaseblind, push both crossbars against eachother and press gently. Guide the fly screenback to the open position.

Sun protection

Push crossbar of pleated material untilrequested position is reached

Attention: DO NOT allow the blind to springback as this will cause damage.

MAINTENANCE

Care

Never use aggressive or corrosive cleaners

The acrylic cover and the frame is to becleaned only with damp cloth and with mildcleaner that does not contain solvents orabrasives.

Take care that water does not get into themotor and into its electrical wiring.The ventilation grids of the inner frame canbe removed for cleaning purposes.

All rubber seals should be dusted withtalcum powder at least once per year.

The fly net and pleated sunscreen may becleaned by using a soft brush or a dampcloth.

Tensioning SEITZ cassette blinds

The spring in the SEITZ side and rearwindow fly screens are pre-tensioned.However, it may be necessary in the futureto adjust the tension. The tensioning screwis positioned on the right hand top corner ofthe cassette. Firstly remove the plug thenadjust by rotating the screw clockwise.Then replace plug.

Front end SEITZ window blinds/fly screensare also pre-tensioned, it may also benecessary in the future to adjust the tensionof these. remove the left hand top cornercap. Adjust the lower screw for the blind andthe higher screw for the fly screen.Care should be taken not to over tightenthe springs.

The blinds should rewind without stopping ormoving in a sluggish manner.

Page 142: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

145

Cleaning

Clean the cassette, side tracks and fabricswith warm water and a mild detergent.Avoid the use of cleaners with solventsor abrasives.

Documents

User Guide and crank should be storedwithin the vehicle.

Spares

Spare parts can be bought from your dealer.

REMITOP II• Keep the roof light closed and locked

when driving

• Keep the blind systems open whendriving

OPERATING

• Keep the roof light closed and lockedwhen driving and keep the blind systemsopen !

• Before opening the roof light, removesnow and dirt and check for obstacles.

• Never open the roof light at temperaturesbelow -40°C.

• Do not open the roof light when it israining heavily, hailing or snowing !

To open the roof light:

• Unlock the sash locks by pressing on thebuttons and simultaneously turning them90 degrees.

• Push the cover completely upwards withboth hands on the sash locks.

• Open the cover until requested position isreached.

To close the roof light:

• Pull the cover with both hands on thesash locks. Then lock them by turning of90 degrees.

• Bad weather setting: The sash lock canbe bolted onto the centre recess of theholder screwed onto the frame. The coveris then open approx. 15mm, so that raincannot enter nor can the wind open thecover.

• Lighting: Press the balance switch (notincluded in delivery) on/off for two lamps

Fly screen blind system:

• For closing push crossbar of fly netagainst the crossbar of the pleatedmaterial. For opening, push bothcrossbars against each other and pressgently.

Attention: Do not allow the blind to springback as this will cause damage.

Sun protection system:

• Push crossbar of pleated material untilrequested position is reached.

Fitted Equipment

Page 143: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

146

THE OMNIVENT (12V) ROOFLIGHT

The Omnivent is a double glazed rooflightconstructed from a synthetic ultra-violetscreened material. Its side operatingmechanism allows a completely free centralopening with built-in fixed ventilation whenclosed.

Red Switch = Mode of OperationInduction (IN)Expel (OUT)

Black Switch = Speed Control1, 2 and 3

Omnivents give no fixed ventilation when seton induction.

INOFFOUT

MAINTENANCE

Care: Never use aggressive or corrosivecleaners.

The acrylic cover and the frame is to becleaned only with a damp cloth with mildcleaner that does not contain solvents orabrasives.

When cleaning the vehicle take care thatwater does not get into the vehicle. There is acontinuous gap between the cover and theframe that provides fixed ventilation.

The 4 ventilation grids can be removed forcleaning purposes.

The fly net and pleated sun-screen may becleaned by using a soft brush or a dampcloth.

If you demount the inner frame completecleaning of the blind systems is possible.

To change the lamps, lift the lighting capswith the help of a screwdriver, the lamps(4x12V/5W) can be changed.

Insert the new lamps - avoid direct contactwith the bulbs by using a woollen cloth

The gliding rails are stainless steel. Theyshould be re-greased with silicone from timeto time.

Do not leave the blinds in the closed positionfor prolonged periods of time.

Spare parts for REMItopII can be boughtfrom your dealer.

Page 144: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

147

THE B1500S AIR CONDITIONERHOW TO USE THE AIR CONDITIONER

The air conditioner performance can beimproved by taking some simplemeasures:

- Improve the thermal insulation of thevehicle by closing any opening and bycovering any glassed surfaces withreflecting curtains.

- Avoid opening doors and windowsunnecessarily.

- Select the most suitable temperature andspeed.

- Properly direct the air flaps.

To prevent troubles and minimise risks forpeople, take the following precautions:

- Always wait some minutes (at least 3)before attempting to turn the airconditioner on, after turning it off, toprevent damage to the compressor;

- Do not obstruct the air inlets and outletswith cloths, paper or other objects;

- Do not introduce your hands or otherobjects into the openings;

- Do not spray the air conditioner withwater;

- Keep flammable substances away fromthe air conditioner

Adjusting the air direction

Position the air diffusing flaps to direct theair to the desired position.

MainSwitch

Position air conditioner ONPosition air conditioner OFF

Position fresh airPosition warm air

ON-OFF

Warm/ColdDual Switch

Starting and function selection

Warm-Cold

FanSwitch

Position high speedPosition low speed

Air Speed

Thermostat By rotating the knob clockwise, temperatureincreases (max 40°C)By rotating the knob anti-clockwise,temperature reduces (min 18°C)

Air Temperature(18°C-40°C)

Fitted Equipment

Page 145: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

148

Description Measurement Modelunit B1100S B1500S B1900S

Refrigerant gas (type-quantity) see data plate

Refrigerating yield Watt/h 1000 1500 2000

Cooling consumption W 500 650 900

Heating capacity W 800 800 1200

Electrical rating V-Hz 230-50 230-50 230-50

Protection degree IP X4 X4 X4

Conditioned air volume m3/h 310 310 380

Max internal volume of the vehicle m3 16 20 25(with insulated walls)

Weight kg 29 30 33

Technical data

Page 146: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

149

Ordinary maintenance

Cleaning: Periodically clean the air conditioner and remove dust with a damp cloth. When neccessary, use a mild detergent. Do not use petrol or solvents.

Checks: Regularly check the air conditionerand make sure that the water outlet holes arenot clogged.

Filter cleaning: Periodically carry out this operation; wash the filter with detergent solution and allow to dry before refitting.

Fitted Equipment

Page 147: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

150

Trouble shooting, Maintenance & Recycling

Operations to be carried outby the user

Operations to be carried outby authorised personnel

Problem

The air conditioner does not cool sufficiently

The air conditioner does not heat enough

No air circulation into vehicle

Water leaks into vehicle

The air conditioner does not start

The air conditioner stops running

So

luti

on

Tem

per

atur

e le

ss t

han

18°C

Tem

per

atur

e ov

er 4

0°C

Ther

mos

tat

wro

ngly

pos

ition

ed

Def

ectiv

e th

erm

osta

t

Sw

itch

wro

ngly

pos

ition

ed

Def

ectiv

e he

atin

g re

sist

ance

Ref

riger

ant

gas

is n

ot e

noug

h

Dam

aged

com

pre

ssor

Ther

mal

exc

hang

e b

atte

ries

are

dirt

y

Def

ectiv

e in

tern

al f

an

Air

filte

r is

clo

gged

Def

ectiv

e ex

tern

al f

an

Wat

er o

utle

t ho

les

are

clog

ged

Dam

aged

sea

ling

gask

et

No

pow

er s

upp

ly

Low

pow

er s

upp

ly (l

ess

than

200

V)

Def

ectiv

e ca

pac

itor

Def

ectiv

e th

erm

al p

rote

ctio

n

Page 148: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

151

Extraordinary maintenance

For the best performance of your airconditioner, have your dealer/workshop cleanit thoroughly before use.

In particular, make sure that:

1. Thermal exchange batteries

2. Water outlet holes

are properly cleaned.

Recycling

Regarding disposal and recycling, follow thenational or local regulations. To this end,address to the authorised environmentbodies.

THE B2100 AIR CONDITIONERHOW TO USE THE AIR CONDITIONER

The air conditioner performance can beimproved by taking some simplemeasures:

- Improve the thermal insulation of thevehicle by closing any opening and bycovering any glassed surfaces withreflecting curtains.

- Avoid opening doors and windowsunnecessarily.

- Select the most suitable temperature andspeed.

- Properly direct the air flaps.

To prevent troubles and minimise risks forpeople, take the following precautions:

- Always wait some minutes (at least 3)before attempting to turn the airconditioner on, after turning it off, toprevent damage to the compressor;

- Do not obstruct the air inlets and outletswith cloths, paper or other objects;

- Do not introduce your hands or otherobjects into the openings;

- Do not spray the air conditioner withwater;

- Keep flammable substances away fromthe air conditioner

Adjusting the air direction

Position the flaps to direct the air to thedesired position.

WARNING: - Never shut both diffusingflaps while the unit is run.

Fitted Equipment

Page 149: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

152

DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS

Selection of the operating mode

When turned on, the system always waits 2minutes before starting the compressor andsets to AUTOMATIC MODE.

To select one of the manual modes, proceedas follows:

• hand-set the ventilation speed by pressingthe key and the + and - keys;

• Press the “ MODE & SET” key to scrollthrough the possible settings (manualfresh air, manual warm air, ventilation,automatic), select the required mode whileholding the key pressed down for twoseconds until the selected mode isconfirmed by the system.

Alarm visualizations

• When the display shows E1 and E2, thetemperature probes are defective;

• When the display shows the ON symboland the timer symbol flashes, the systemis waiting that 2 minutes from the lastcompressor stop elapse.

Mode Description Display visualisation

AUTOMATIC The +/- keys enables the user to change the PRE-SET TEMPERATURE.In this mode, the machine automatically controls the compressor, the heater and the ventilation speed by comparing the SET TEMPERATURE with the internal temperature.

MANUAL The +/- keys enables the user to change the FRESH AIR PRE-SET TEMPERATURE.

The +/- keys allows changing the VENTILATION SPEED.In this mode, the machine automatically controls the compressor and compares the SET TEMPERATURE with the internal temperature.

MANUAL The +/- keys enables the user to change the WARM AIR PRE-SET TEMPERATURE.

The +/- keys allows changing the VENTILATION SPEED.In this mode, the machine automatically controls the heater and compares the SET TEMPERATURE with the internal temperature.

VENTILATION The +/- keys allows changing the VENTILATION SPEED.The system only operates the fan inside the vehicle.In this mode, compressor and heater do not run.

Page 150: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

153

Technical data

Description Measurement Modelunit B2100

Refrigerant gas (type-quantity) see data plate

Refrigerating yield Watt/h 2050

Cooling consumption W 910

Heating capacity W 1200

Electrical rating V-Hz 230-50

Protection degree IP X4

Conditioned air volume m3/h 380

Max internal volume of the vehicle m3 25(with insulated walls)

Weight kg 34

Fitted Equipment

Page 151: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

154

Ordinary maintenance

Cleaning: Periodically clean the air conditioner and remove dust with a damp cloth. When neccessary, use a mild detergent. Do not use petrol or solvents.

Checks: Regularly check the air conditionerand make sure that the water outlet holes arenot clogged.

Filter cleaning: Periodically carry out this operation; wash the filter with detergent solution and allow to dry before refitting.

Page 152: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

155

Trouble shooting, Maintenance & Recycling

Operations to be carried outby the user

Operations to be carried outby authorised personnel

Problem

The air conditioner does not cool sufficiently

The air conditioner does not heat enough

No air circulation into vehicle

Water leaks into vehicle

The air conditioner does not start

The air conditioner stops running

So

luti

on

Tem

per

atur

e le

ss t

han

18°C

Tem

per

atur

e ov

er 4

0°C

Che

ck t

he s

et p

oint

tem

per

atur

e

Def

ectiv

e th

erm

al p

rote

ctio

n

Sw

itch

wro

ngly

pos

ition

ed

Def

ectiv

e he

atin

g re

sist

ance

Ref

riger

ant

gas

is n

ot e

noug

h

Dam

aged

com

pre

ssor

Ther

mal

exc

hang

e b

atte

ries

are

dirt

y

Def

ectiv

e in

tern

al f

an

Air

filte

r is

clo

gged

Def

ectiv

e ex

tern

al f

an

Wat

er o

utle

t ho

les

are

clog

ged

Dam

aged

sea

ling

gask

et

No

pow

er s

upp

ly

Low

pow

er s

upp

ly (l

ess

than

200

V)

Def

ectiv

e ca

pac

itor

Def

ectiv

e th

erm

al p

rote

ctio

n

Fitted Equipment

Page 153: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fitted Equipment

156

Fig. A

ASH FRAMED DOORSIn order to provide customers with the latestdesigns of door furniture it is possible, due tothe use of natural wood, that warping mayoccur. This should not detract from thecorrect functioning of items fitted in thecaravan.

Information

During the normal travelling vehicle vibrationand flexing may cause some of the furnituredoors to become out of alignment.

For your convenience many hingesare adjustable.

TABLESSlide top of drawers out and fold back toform convenient table. (Fig. A)

The pedestal table can be swung round foreasy access to the seating and then re-positioned afterwards. (Fig. B)

Tables stored in the table storagecompartment must be securely clipped intoplace whilst in transit.

CAUTION: When erecting the freestanding table, be careful to avoidtrapping fingers. Fig. B

Extraordinary maintenance

For the best performance of your airconditioner, have your dealer/workshop cleanit thoroughly before use.

In particular, make sure that:

1. Thermal exchange batteries

2. Water outlet holes are properly cleaned.

Recycling

Regarding disposal and recycling, follow thenational or local regulations. To this end,address to the authorised environmentbodies.

CARE OF LAMINATE TOPS,TABLES, FURNITUREAND DOORSDO NOT use abrasives, chemically treatedcloths or aggressive detergents as these maycause damage

DO NOT place hot objects on laminatedsurfaces i.e. tops, tables. Any temperatures70°C and over will cause permanent damage.

Clean worktop surfaces, furniture and doorfascias with a soft, slightly damp cloth, dryoff with a soft cloth.

Page 154: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

157

12V READING LAMPWARNING 12v reading/ spotlampsgenerate high temperatures when in use,the body, lens/ bulb may become very hot.NEVER make directional adjustment in thedirection of flammable materials i.e.curtains, nets or blinds.

FIXING OF AWNINGSIn order to avoid puncturing the outer skin ofthe caravan wall, it is recommended thatawning poles are fixed to your caravan usingload spreading eyelet pads or rubber suckerpads.

Attaching awning brackets and associatedfixings to your caravan by using mechanicalmethods which pierce the outer skin of thecaravan wall can allow water ingress whichwill invalidate the product warranty.

Important:Care must be taken when using an awningas poles and suckers can cause damage toexterior side panels.

Awnings should be taken down in strongwinds to protect the side panels fromcosmetic damage and dents from the awningpoles.

Note:Awnings should be kept ventilated whendischarging products of combustion exhaustinto them.

Awning SizesDue to the various awning types and sizesthe awning sizes provided in the Service andWarranty Handbook are for guidance only.

Specific awning sizes must be confirmedwith the dealer or awning manufacturer priorto purchase.

NOT TO SCALE

SHOWERWhen using the shower, always ensure thatthe shower screen is fully closed thusavoiding water spray on unprotected areas.

Table Storage

To avoid damage care must be taken whenremoving tables from their stored position.

Where two tables are stored together in a lowlevel storage area care should be taken toremove the table positioned opposite thehinged edge first.

Fitted Equipment

Page 155: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MAINTENANCE

Modifications ........................................................................ 160Caravan Exterior .................................................................. 160Caravan Interior .................................................................... 162Winterisation/Storage .......................................................... 163Alko Running Gear ............................................................... 165

Care and Maintenance ....................................................... 165Axle Types ........................................................................... 167Spare Parts ........................................................................ 168Braking System Adjustments.............................................. 169AK160, AK300 and AK350 Operation................................. 172AKS 3004 Operation ............................................................174Trouble Shooting ................................................................. 184

Accessories .......................................................................... 186Corner Steadies ................................................................. 186Shock Absorbers ................................................................ 186Stabilisers............................................................................ 186Road Wheels ....................................................................... 186Jockey Wheel ..................................................................... 187Spare Wheel Carriers .......................................................... 187

Page 156: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

MODIFICATIONS - DIY WORKOwners need to be aware that carrying outDIY modifications to your caravan may incertain instances, invalidate the warrantycover and could also affect the safety andstructure of the caravan.

WD40 IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL USE

WD40 attacks paintwork and sealants.

If a lubricant is required for Interior hinges,Sliding door tracks, Bottle box hinges,Exterior door hinges, Plastic tracking etc.We recommend “Ambersil 40+” this isreadily available from most DIY/Automotive retailers including Hanford’s

Before carrying out any DIY work within thewarranty period (3/5) years please check withyour nearest Swift Group dealer or contactSupercare customer services on 01482875740 for advice.

CARAVAN EXTERIORAluminium PanelsThe stove enamelled paintwork is verydurable and easy to clean owing to the highgloss properties.

Plastic Panels (GRP/ABS)These are used for front and rear panels and,in some cases for the roof.

CleaningFor both aluminium panels and plastic panels.

1. Wash the caravan regularly with mild detergent. Rinse with cold water and leather off.

2. For better protection a similar coloured good quality car wax may be applied.

When cleaning Sikaflex sealed areas, useDomestos/water.

WARNING: Under no circumstances use any abrasive cleaning agents or solventson the exterior panels.

Care should be taken as the silicon in some polishes can attack the rubber used on the exterior for seals and gaskets.

MouldingsAll mouldings are of anodised aluminium andwill retain their lustre for a long period if noabrasive materials are used to clean them.

Acrylic WindowsWash windows carefully, as you would withthe paintwork of your car, do not scrubwindows prior to removing surface dirt andfilm with a hose pipe - trapped dirt couldcause scratching.

Wash with a solution of warm soapy water,windows can then be dried off with a leather.

Small scratches can be removed, consultyour dealer.

Catches and stays do not require any specialattention or lubrication.

CONDENSATION

What is condensation

Condensation is the change of water from itsgaseous form (water vapour) into liquidwater. Condensation generally occurs in theatmosphere when warm air rises, cools andlooses its capacity to hold water vapour. Asa result, excess water vapour condenses toform droplets.

Why condensation occurs

Condensation occurs when warm moist airmeets a cold surface. The risk ofcondensation therefore depends upon howmoist the air is and how cold the surfaces ofthe vehicle are. Both of these depend tosome extent on how the vehicle is used. In aCaravan or Motorhome with a cold outsidewall, if the temperature of the wall falls belowthe dew point temperature, it is quite normalfor condensation to occur predominantly onthe external walls.

When condensation occurs

Condensation occurs usually in winter,because the Caravan or Motorhome is coldand because skylights, windows and doorsare opened less and therefore the moist aircannot escape.

160

Page 157: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

161

How condensation occurs

Condensation occurs often for short periodsin bathroom and kitchen areas because ofthe steamy atmosphere, and quite frequentlyfor long periods in unheated areas; it alsooccurs in cupboards or corners of roomswhere ventilation and movement of air isrestricted.

What is important

Two things are particularly important:

- To provide ventilation so that moist air canescape.

- To use the heating reasonably

How can you prevent condensation

Provide ventilation so that moist air canescape.

a) Good ventilation of kitchens whenwashing, cooking or drying damp clothesis essential. Use the electric element ofthe space heater will help, when washing,cooking, or drying damp clothes, andparticularly when the windows show signsof misting up.

b) If there is no mains electric supply andtherefore you cannot use the electricalelement of the space heater, open theskylights or windows slightly, but keep thedoor closed as much as possible.

c) After showering, keep the bathroomwindow or skylights open, and shut the

bathroom door long enough to dry off theroom.

d) In all other areas provide some ventilation.Fixed ventilation is provided inaccordance with BS EN 721: 1998 this isthrough skylights and ‘heki roof lights’ inthe roofs and from ventilators through thefloor under cookers, doors and in bedboxes it is important not to block these.

Too much ventilation in cold weather isuncomfortable and wastes heat. All that isneeded is a very slightly opened window orskylights. Opening a skylight or ‘heki;rooflights partially or windows opened toabout 1cm opening will usually be sufficient.

Provide reasonable heating

a) Do not use of portable paraffin or fluelessgas heaters at all.

b) If drying damp clothes or towels, open awindow enough to ventilate the area andturn on the electric element of the spaceheater but do not hang items over theheater.

c) Try to make sure that all areas are at leastpartially heated. Condensation most oftenoccurs in unheated areas.

d) To prevent condensation, the heat has tokeep room surfaces reasonably warm. Itcan take a long time for a cold caravan orMotorhome to warm up, so it is better tohave a small amount of heat for a longperiod than a lot of heat for a short time.

e) Caravans and Motorhomes are leftunoccupied and unheated and can getvery cold. Whenever possible, it is best toput the heating on at a low level beforesetting off on a journey in the winter to preheat the vehicle.

f) In houses, the rooms above a heated roombenefit to some extent from heat risingthrough the floor. In Caravans andMotorhomes this does not happen.

Caravans and Motorhomes use only carefullyselected insulation materials but unlike mostrooms at homes they have all outside walls,so they lose heat through all walls as well asthe roof and floor.

Even in a well insulated Caravan orMotorhome with reasonable ventilation it islikely during cold weather if the temperatureis less than 10°C that condensation willoccur. Ideally the temperature should bekept about 20°C although this is not alwayspossible.

Mould growth

Any sign of mould growth is an indication ofthe presence of moisture and if caused bycondensation gives warning that heating orventilation, may require improving.

Page 158: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceNew vehicles

New Caravans and Motorhomes often take along time before they are fully ‘dried out’because of moisture in the materials used inthe manufacture. While this is happening theyneed extra heat and ventilation. At leastduring the first winter trips and may requiremore heat than they will need in subsequentwinters journeys. Allowance should be madefor this.

WARNING: Do not wash your caravan with a high pressure washer as these can permanently damage the seals of your caravan.

Changing Exterior Bulbs

ALWAYS REPLACE LIKE FOR LIKE

For individual replacement bulb specification,refer to your Service Handbook.

Generally road lighting bulbs can be easilyreplaced by unscrewing and removing thelens from the exterior of the caravan,however once the high level brake lamp isremoved from its housing there are furtherscrews to undo at the back of the lamp togain access to the bulb housing.

CARAVAN INTERIORFollow these guidelines to ensure yourinvestment is receiving the very bestattention.

Side Walls, Roof LiningA simple wipe over with a damp cloth and avery mild detergent is all that is needed.

Soft FurnishingsShould be vacuumed occasionally to removegrit and sand and help to keep its smartappearance and ensure long life. Theupholstery can be cleaned with a mild,reputable upholstery cleaner. It isrecommended that the curtains and pelmetsare specialist cleaned only. The foam used incushions is manufactured to meet fireregulations. It requires time to return to itsnormal position after prolonged use.

Work SurfacesYou should not stand very hot items on anyof the work surfaces, especially models withpolycarbonate moulded sinks and drainers.

Cupboard CatchesIt is advisable to lightly oil all cupboardcatches, sliding bolts and hinges from timeto time.

Bathroom, Shower Room and KitchenEquipmentAll the Thermoplastic parts in these areashave easy clean surfaces. To ensure long lifeand prevent damage you must not use anycleaning materials at all and ensure watertemperatures do not exceed 70°C, (puttingcold water in first is suggested). After everyuse it is essential that you rinse with cleanwater only and wipe with a soft damp cloth.

Failure to follow these simple instructionsmay result in premature failure or crackingwhich will not be covered by any guarantees(including extended warranties).

FurnitureA simple wipe over with a damp cloth shouldbe all that is required. Polishing with aproprietary brand of wax polish enhancesand maintains furniture in showroomcondition.

It must be remembered that because theframes of the doors are made of ash, whichis a natural product, they can be affected bytemperature and humidity and may bowunder certain conditions. As conditionschange they should revert to their originalpositions.

Kitchen Drainer and Cutting BoardYou should not stand hot items on to theremoveable plastic kitchen drainer. To washuse only warm soapy water, do not usechemicals and bleach.

The round wooden kitchen cutting board canbe lightly brushed with vegetable oil toenhance it.

Changing Interior BulbsRemove the lens or lampshade to access thebulb.

ALWAYS REPLACE LIKE FOR LIKE

For individual replacement bulb specification,refer to your Service Handbook.

162

Page 159: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

163

WINTERISATION/STORAGEThis is probably an opportune moment toarrange for the caravan to have its annualservice at your appointed dealer.

The following applies wherever your caravanis stored particularly during the wintermonths.

Do not park near trees or larch type fences,due to possible wind damage.

Keep any grass around the floor of thecaravan short, to maintain air flow and stopany possible damp getting into the caravan.

It is advised that the caravan is ventilatedregularly throughout the winterisation/storage period, opening windows, doors androoflights when possible.

GeneralAll moving parts should be checked for freeoperation.

Clean all cooking appliances and refrigerator.

Lubrication should be carried out at thepoints illustrated in the general notes onchassis maintenance (page 174).

Charge up the on-board battery every 2months.

Check alarm battery condition every 2months and charge if necessary.

Leave the refrigerator door open.

Leave furniture doors and lockers open toallow air to circulate fully.

Page 160: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fig. 1

MaintenanceCondensationCondensation will occur when humidity levelsrise. Correct heating and ventilation will helpreduce this. When cooking or in wet inclementweather increased ventilation throughwindows and rooflight will be required.

Soft FurnishingsClean and dust the upholstery and if possibleremove before placing the caravan into winterstorage. Alternatively, stand the cushions ontheir edges to allow circulation of air. This willreduce the possibility of dampness fromcondensation.

Keep curtains or blinds closed, to minimisefading of furniture.

If the blinds and/or flyscreens remain down fora prolonged period of time, re-tensioning ofthe springs will be necessary before re-use.

Wheels and TyresDo not store in one position with partiallydeflated tyres. The tyre walls will suffer and dopresent a real danger of blow outs, especiallywhen travelling at faster speeds than areallowed in the UK.

The wheels should be turned every couple ofweeks or even better, the wheels removed andthe caravan placed on “winter wheels” or axlestands.

If you are removing the wheels, follow thejacking procedure for changing a wheel.

Check your tyres regularly for signs of age

and deterioration, particularly wear, crackingand blistering. If in doubt consult a reputabletyre fitter.

Water System

Remove chopping board from bowl

All single lever mixer taps, including theshower mixer, should have the lever movedto the central position and lifted to the openposition for hot and cold

Open system drains. If fitted remove reddrain plugs from under the floor of the vehicle(fig 1.) and place in drawer. Alternativelylocated the drain valves mounted above thefloor and rotate the handle on each to theopen position.

Drain water heater. Open yellow handle oninline valve adjacent to water heater. Valve isopen when handle is vertical.

Drain water tank. Open tank isolation valve.Valve is open when handle is inline with bodyof valve

With valves and switches set as previouslydescribed to run taps from the internal tank(if fitted), the (internal) pump can be runmomentarily to assist purging the water tankand pipes.

Remove shower head. Let the shower hosedrain into the shower tray and then return toholder

Before recomissioning the system reverse allabove actions. (See Taps in Services section)

The Thetford Cassette porta potti is easilywinterised for storage. Empty the fresh watertank using the drain tube/fresh water tanklevel indicator (level indicator on electronicmodels only). Pull the lever indicator/draintube down from top plug position andoutward through door opening to drain waterfrom the tank.

Empty the water fill funnel by pulling thebottle away from tank. Remove the smallwater cap on the filler bottom, allowing waterto drain from the water funnel. (Not C-200toilet).

Do not tighten caps, this helps in keepingunit dry.

The pour out spout and vent plug can beremoved. Seals should be greased ifnecessary with acid-free vaseline.

Recomissioning the Water SystemFill the fresh water tank on the ThetfordCassette porta potti using a hose or jerrycan

164

Push up collar (A) torelease and pull plug(B) down to remove.

B

A

Page 161: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceImportantAlways follow the manufacturersrecommended procedures after use of fittedequipment in the caravan and before storingfor any length of time.

ALKO RUNNING GEARCARE & MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONSFOR YOUR AL-KO CHASSIS ANDCOMPONENTS

General InformationThe AL-KO lightweight chassis has beenperfected by many years of research anddevelopment, supported by an exhaustivetest programme.

Manufactured from high quality steel, thechassis has extra deep sections to providestrength at points of maximum stress. Largeelongated holes are punched in thelongitudinal chassis members, to reduceweight to a minimum. Each hole incorporatesa return flange to maintain the requiredstrength and provide rigidity in the extradeep sections.

The chassis frame is of a bolted constructionwhich allows replacement of individual partsshould the need arise.

The chassis is Hot Dipped Galvanised. Thisis regarded as one of the best forms ofcorrosion protection. It does howeverrequire minimal maintenance in certain

circumstances and should, if properlymaintained, last the lifetime of the vehicle.

When new, the chassis is of a bright andshiny appearance. As the galvanising curesduring the initial 2/3 month period, this willgradually change to a medium/dark greycolour. This grey finish is the ideal, giving thecorrect protective coating. During this curingperiod the surface should be protected toavoid possible wet storage stain, in theform of a soft, light coloured, porous,oxidation layer. If the chassis members are incontact with any salt deposits from roadsthis should immediately be washed off with ahigh pressure washer. Salt attracts moistureallowing the surfaces to remain wet, thisprevents curing and also allows formation ofwet storage stain.

It is recommended that the chassis/components are washed off, using apressure washer on an annual basis(especially after winter usage), to avoidundesirable build up of salt and dirt deposits.

The galvanised chassis should not bepainted or subjected to any other protectivetreatment.

Should the galvanising become superficiallydamaged exposing the steel core, thisshould be cleaned and treated with a ColdGalvanising Spray obtainable from vehicleaccessory outlets.

Damage to chassis members through impact

165

until the water in the funnel reaches the neck.Tank capacity is 15 litres. Aqua Rinse may beadded to improve cleaning of bowl andflushing of unit.

Replace cap. Swing back the water fill funneluntil it touches the water tank.

Add Aqua Kem (100 ml) into the Cassette (or120 ml if using Aqua Kem Bio) through thepour out spout. Add small amount of waterthrough the pour out spout and replace thecap.

It is advisable after storage to flush the watersystem initially with a sterilising agent (suchas Milton), and then with water repeating untilthe system is well flushed through.

Connect the pump.

Fill the system with water until water flowsfreely from the hot taps. About 2 gallons ofwater will be required. Close the hot taps.

AppliancesBefore starting caravanning after storagecheck all gas appliances and electricalpoints.

Note: Preferably not less than once a year,the electrical installation should be inspectedand tested by a qualified electrician.

After storage it is advisable to air the caravanand clean throughout, especially cookingappliances and the refrigerator.

Replace the bedding and wheels if they wereremoved for storage.

Page 162: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

166

etc, MUST NOT be straightened or welded.Damaged chassis members MUST bereplaced.

Drilling or Welding of Parts or Accessories

The chassis is designed and built to precisetolerances and must not be drilled orwelded (except in accordance with certainAL-KO Accessory Operating Instructions).Failure to comply will invalidate allwarranties.

Independent Suspension

The AL-KO rubber suspension is designedand developed to suit all types of roadconditions and is maintenance free. Threerubber elements are contained within ahexagonal axle tube. These providesuspension and have inherent dampingcharacteristics. (Only the hubs and wheelbrakes require attention - see axle section).

Loadings on Coupling Heads, OverrunAssemblies and Axles

The permitted ‘nose’ weights of the couplinghead/stabiliser, overrun assembly anddrawbars, must never exceed the lowestvalue stamped on the assemblies.

The maximum axle loading is that stampedon the oval (Fig. 1) plate located in thecentre of the axle, facing rearwards. Thethird line down marked “Capacity” is the

maximum permitted axle loading andmust not be exceeded.

Where the Caravan Manufacturer states amaximum loading weight, then this is themaximum permitted load. This figure mustnot exceed the maximum axle load.

Enter your Axle details for future reference:

Loading

Loads to be carried in the caravan should beplaced directly over, or as close as possibleto the axles, otherwise the handling will beimpaired.

Maximum gross weight, as advised by thecaravan manufacturer, must not beexceeded without approval from AL-KO.

Maximum loading is defined as thedifference between ex-works weight and thepermitted total weight.

Load Too Far Forward (Fig 2)Steering and braking ability reduced.Increased loading on the rear axle andchassis of the tow vehicle.

Load Too Far Back (Fig. 3)High skid risk together with poor brakingeffect.

Load Over Axle (Fig 4)Optimum road holding together withmaximum braking effect. Exceptionally heavyloads should packed directly over the axle.

Attention should be paid to the legalregulations regarding the permittedpressure exerted by the towbar on thetowed unit.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Page 163: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

167

AXLE TYPES

Safety Precautions

No welding is permitted on AL-KO Axles

It is important that the wheel and hub/ brakedrum are compatible. This mean that thePCD, wheelbolts and inset must all becompatible with both the hub/brake drumand the wheel rim.

Particular attention must be paid to therecommended torque figures for thewheelbolts (see pg 18).

The axle type details shown on axle typeplates must not be obscured or madeillegible by application of any additionalsurface finish.

Operating Instructions

Service Brake

When the towing vehicle is braking ortravelling down hill, the overrun device shaftis pushed in (dependent on the magnitude ofthe thrust on the shaft) and presses on theoverrun lever. This acts on the bowden

cables and expander mechanism, which inturn expands the brake shoes applying thewheel brakes.

Hand Brake

With the gas strut version, pull thehandbrake lever until upright. With the springcylinder version, pull the handbrake leverright up to the last tooth. The caravan is thenbraked.

IMPORTANT NOTE

Please note that with the handbrake fullyapplied, the caravan/trailer is able to movebackwards by 25 cms until the springcylinder/gas spring takes effect.

Maintenance and Cleaning

Maintenance of Euro-Plus/Euro-Compactand Euro-Delta.

The above semi-trailing axles come fittedwith maintenance free wheel bearings(greased and sealed for life) and noadjustment is necessary.

NOTE: The hub bearing is not protectedagainst water ingress. Check wheel brakelinings for wear every 10,000 kilometers orevery 12 months via the inspection hole (Fig. 5/Item 1). Adjust if necessary. Wherecontinuous travel in hilly regions or highmileage is experienced, earlier inspectionand adjustment may be necessary.

NOTE: The flanged hub-nut, located underthe dust cap, used to keep the brake drumin situ, is a ONE-SHOT NUT (ie. must onlybe used once). If removed it must bereplaced with a NEW flanged nut - torquedto 290 ± 10 Nm (214+/1 7.5 lbs/ft). A smallamount of special mineral grease, availablefrom AL-KO must be applied to stub axlethread prior to fitting the new flanged nut.After fitting excess grease must be removedwith white sprit.

The rear hexagon cap head bolt locatedunder the black plastic cap MUST NOT BEDISTURBED under any circumstance.Interference with this nut will result inimmediate tyre wear and damage to thebraking system and WILL INVALIDATE ALLWARRANTIES. Should the rear nutaccidentally be disturbed then the completeaxle must be returned to AL-KO for resettingof the toe-in and camber.

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

Page 164: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

168

No attempt should be made to remove thebearing. In the event of damage to thebearing or drum, only the drum completewith bearing and circlip will be available as aspare. No grease is used in the hub otherthan the mineral grease on the stub axle. Nogrease should be placed in the DUST cap.This is not a grease cap as used in allprevious hubs

“Standard Axle” Maintenance (taper rollerbearings)

After 1500 km or 6 months

Have the axial play of the hub bearingchecked and adjusted if necessary.

After 10,000 km or 12 months

Check quantity and quality of grease, renewif necessary.

Check the wear of the wheel brake liningsevery 10,000 Km or every 12 monthsthrough inspection hole (Fig. 5) and adjust ifnecessary. Where continuous travel in hillyregions or high mileage is experienced,earlier inspection and adjustment may benecessary.

SPARE PARTS

Spare parts are safety critical parts! For thisreason when fitting spare parts in ourproducts we recommend the use of originalAL-KO parts or those parts that we haveexplicitly approved. The reliability, safety andsuitability of parts designed especially forour products, has been determined using aspecial test procedure. In spite of constantlymonitoring the market we are unable toassess or vouch for other products.

If repair work or servicing is required, AL-KOhave a large network of AL-KO servicestations throughout Europe.

To establish the correct spare parts requiredfor your axle you should always quote theaxle type (axle identification plate Fig. 1,

page 166) and Spare Part Identification no.(ETI No.), which will be stamped onto thewheel brake or on the identification plate(Fig. 6). Please establish these numbersbefore contacting AL-KO or a Service Agent.

The AL-KO rubber suspension axle has beendesigned and developed to suit all types ofroad conditions and is maintenance free.

Three rubber elements are contained withinan hexagonal axle tube. These providesuspension and have inherent dampingcharacteristics.

Figs. 7, 8 & 9 show the deformation of therubber elements at the extremes ofsuspension movement.

The axle is designed to ride with thesuspension drop arm at, or slightly below,the horizontal position.

For Trouble Shooting & Fault Finding pleasesee Table 1 on page 184.

Fig. 6

Page 165: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

169

AL-KO BRAKING SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

1. Ensure the towing shaft with couplinghead is pulled FULLY FORWARD. (Fig.10).

2. Release the handbrake to the FULLY OFFposition. If the handbrake will not godown the whole way because of thefairing or any other obstruction; then thefairing must be cut away and/or theobstruction removed to achieve thisdesired position. It will not be possible toset up the braking system properly whenthe handbrake is not in the FULLY OFFposition. (Fig. 10).

3. Jack up one side of the caravan, usingthe AL-KO Side Lift Jack System. (seeJack Operating Instructions).

4. Remove the inner plastic bung from thebackplate to expose the “starwheel”adjuster access. (Figs. 10 & 11).

5. ALWAYS rotating the road wheel in theforward direction - NEVER backwards;adjust the starwheel with a suitablescrewdriver, in the direction of the arrowembossed on the backplate until there isresistance in the wheel rotation. (Fig. 11).

6. Slacken off the starwheel adjuster untilthe road wheel turns freely in theFORWARD direction. (Fig. 11).

7. Check the adjustment at the end of thebrake cable where it is secured to the

abutment (bracket), welded to the centreof the axle. When the inner cable is pulledout it should extend between 5 and 8mm. (Fig.12). (On tandem axles a doubleabutment (bracket) is fitted to the frontaxle ONLY).

8. Repeat for other wheel or wheels.

9. On tandem axles the brake cables fromthe rear axle should pass over this axleand cross over each other, before beingconnected to the abutment (bracket) onthe front axle.

10. Ensure the balance bar (compensator) isbeing pulled evenly (Figs.10 & 12).Excessive movement to this bar (doubleon tandem axles) would indicate possibleincorrect adjustment (if appropriate,repeat step No. 7 - Fig. 12).

11. Check the brake rod support bracket,(fixed to the floor) IS supporting thebrake rod evenly. The brake rod MUSTALWAYS run straight, NEVER bent orcurved under any fittings. On tandemaxles, using the double balance bar, abrake rod support tube (Part No. 228827)MUST ALWAYS be fitted on the end ofthe brake rod, passing through thecentre aperture on the abutment.

12. Remove the slack in the brake rod byadjusting the long ball nut, rear of thebalance bar, ensuring the overrun levermakes contact with the end of the

Fig. 7 Rebound or Free Position

Fig. 8 Normal or Laden Position

Fig. 9 Maximum Bump

Page 166: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

170

Fig. 10

Fig. 11

Fig. 12

Brake Linkages

It is recommended that all brake linkagethreads are lightly greased for protection.

Page 167: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

171

towing shaft. Note! Over adjustment tothe long ball nut (Fig. 12/Item 2) couldinduce movement of the inner brakecable, reducing the effective clearance ofthe brake shoes. If the overrun lever willnot make contact, it is possible the twolock nuts, forward of the spring cylinder,are incorrectly adjusted. Loosen the nutsand adjust brake rod as above (Figs. 10& 12).

13. Adjust the two locking nuts, forward ofthe spring cylinder (Fig. 10), (on somechassis a single Nyloc nut is used) togive 1 mm of clearance on the springcylinder. This cylinder (the energy storefor the handbrake operation) must beable to rotate ONLY, not slide on thebrake rod. (Fig. 12). (If the overrunassembly is fitted with a gas struthandbrake then no spring cylinder isfitted - therefore ignore this paragraph).

14. CORRECT ADJUSTMENT of the linkageis checked by operating the handbrakelever so that when the second or thirdtooth is engaged, a slight braking force isfelt on the road wheels.

15. OVER ADJUSTMENT of either the wheelbrakes or linkages, will result in difficultreversing causing the wheels to “lock-up”.

16. When parking, the handbrake leverMUST ALWAYS be engaged into the fully

upright position (90°). This is tocompress the spring within the springcylinder and thereby create an energystore which will automatically engage thebrakes further should the caravan move.If difficulty is experienced in thisoperation, try easing the caravanbackwards with one hand while engagingthe handbrake fully with the other. Thismanoeuvre should not be attempted ona rearwards facing slope. In this casewheel chocks should be used combinedwith the handbrake. See page 180 for allhandbrake operations.

17. Finally, if the road wheels have beenremoved, re-tighten using a calibratedTorque Wrench to 88 Nm (65 lbs/ft) - onall M12 wheel bolts -in sequence, i.e.North, South, East, West NOT clock oranti-clockwise (refers to steel rims only).Remember to over-tighten is just asdangerous as to under-tighten, as thiscan distort the wheel rims. Avoid the useof power wrenches.

IMPORTANT - The torque settingsshould be rechecked after 50 Km. Wheelbolts should NEVER be lubricated.

Coupling Heads/Combined StabiliserDevices

Your Caravan will be fitted with either astandard coupling head or a combinedstabiliser/coupling unit. If your caravan is

fitted with an AKS 1300 Stabiliser, pleaserequest Part No. 1385106 for full operatinginstructions. If fitted with AKS 2700,request Part No. 1385107.

Safety Precautions

Always ensure that the coupling head isproperly connected to the tow vehicle’stowball every time you couple up. If thisprocedure is not carried out correctly, thecaravan/ trailer may become detached fromthe towing vehicle!

Maximum possible articulation of thecoupling head must not exceed ±25 overtically and ±20 o horizontally - see Fig 13.

If exceeded, components will be overloadedand the operation of the assembly adverselyaffected!

Fig. 13

Page 168: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceOperation

For Coupling types AK160, AK300 &AK350.

Coupling Up

Open coupling handle. To do this pull thecoupling handle up (Fig. 14) in the directionof the arrow.

The coupling mechanism has a fixed openposition, ie. as long as the coupling head isnot placed on the ball the coupling willremain open.

Put the open coupling onto the towball. Thecoupling handle automatically and audiblyclicks into position. In the interests of safety,press the handle down by hand (Fig. 14).

The coupling head is correctly connectedwhen the green cylinder part of the safetyindicator is visible (when viewed from theside - Fig. 14/Item 2).

The coupling mechanism is correctlyengaged when the coupling handle can nolonger be pressed down any further (byhand).

Caution

If the coupling head is not correctly hitchedonto the towball, then the caravan/trailer canbecome disconnected from the towingvehicle.

Uncoupling

Open the coupling handle and lift thecoupling head from the towball. When thereare higher nose loads, coupling anduncoupling can be made easier by using thejockey wheel.

Wear Indicator

A wear indicator on the coupling head (Fig.15) shows whether the wear limit of thetowing vehicle’s towball or the trailercoupling has been reached or not.

For this purpose, hitch up the trailer to thetowball and drive the unit for approx. 500 m.This will set the coupling head adjustment.Following this, check the wear indicator asfollows.

If the green indicator is visible on thecoupling (with the coupling engaged Fig. 15),the coupling head is in good condition or thewear on the towball is within permissiblelimits.

When the green indicator on the couplinghandle is completely covered over and onlythe red portion is visible (Fig. 15), this couldbe caused by the following:

- The towball has reached the lowest wearlimit of 49.61 mm dia.

- Both coupling head and towball areshowing signs of wear.

172

Fig. 14

Fig. 15

Page 169: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

173

Fig. 16

- Towball is in good condition with 50mmdia, but the coupling head is showing anexcessive level of wear.

Caution

Under these circumstances, the couplinghead can become detached from the towballand the caravan/ trailer can breakaway fromthe tow vehicle. The coupling head andtowball must therefore be checkedIMMEDIATELY before future use. Any faultyparts must be changed IMMEDIATELY.

All maintenance work should be carried outby AL-KO Approved Workshops.

Operation

For coupling types AK7, AK 10/2 orAK252. (This type of coupling is normallyfitted to trailers or older model caravans).

Coupling Up

Push the safety lever (Fig. 16/Item 1) up withthe index finger and lift the handle up andforwards. Put the opened coupling onto thetowball with the handle pulled up and inaddition press down by hand. The couplingwill close by applying a light pressure. Pressthe handle down by hand until the catchsnaps out (Fig. 16).

The coupling head is correctly engagedwhen the green cylinder part of the safetyindicator is visible (Fig. 16/Item 2).

Caution

It is most important to check that thecoupling head is properly engaged on thetowball each time.

Uncoupling

Lift coupling handle fully and remove thecoupling head from the towball. Where thereare higher nose loads, coupling anduncoupling can be made easier by using thejockey wheel.

Wear Indicator:

If the handle reaches the back of thecutaway portion of the housing, when thecoupling head is engaged (Fig. 17) there willbe play between the towball and couplinghead. Automatic re-adjustment is no longerpossible and the assembly will needinspecting.

Caution:

Under these circumstances, the couplinghead can become detached from the towballand the caravan/ trailer can breakaway fromthe tow vehicle. The coupling head andtowball must therefore be checkedIMMEDIATELY before future use. Any faultyparts must be changed IMMEDIATELY.

All maintenance work should be carried outby AL-KO Approved Workshops.

Fig. 17

Page 170: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceServicing & Cleaning

Lubrication Points (Fig. 18)

Clean Towball

Lightly grease, or oil ball socket, joints andbearing points as appropriate. Generalpurpose grease to DIN 6=51825 KTA 3K.

For Troubleshooting and Fault Finding pleasesee Table 2 on Page 185.

Operating Instructions forAKS 3004REGULATIONS

1. The AKS 3004 must be used inconjunction with 50 mm dia. towballswhich conform to EC Directive 94/20 (DIN74058 or local equivalent).

2. Suitable for attachment to drawbars orapproved overrun braking equipment forsingle (and tandem axle) caravan/trailers,with a minimum weight of 200 Kg and amaximum permissible weight of 2000 Kg.

3. EC design approval has been given to theAL-KO AKS 3004 coupling under permitNo. e1*94/20*0930*00.

RESTRICTIONS OF USE

1. The trailer coupling may only beconnected to towing vehicles where theclearances for the stabiliser can beobserved, in accordance with ECDirective 94/20 (DIN 74058). If theseclearances are infringed by specialattachments, then the use must bechecked separately.

Clearances for Stabiliser Handle (Fig. 19)

The area above the towball of the vehiclemust be free from vehicle components orattachments (A) (eg spare wheels,platforms etc.)

The clearance for the stabiliser handlemust be at least 330 mm (B) + the strokemovement (D) (85mm-100mm), whichequates to 440 mm when used inconjunction with an AL-KO overrun.

Max. 50 mm (C) clearance between thecentre of the towball and top of theoverrun assembly or fairing, to ensure

both coupling handle and stabiliserhandle do not foul on operation.

Maintain the same clearances for othermanufacturers’ overrun assemblies.

2. Not suitable for use with overrun deviceswhich can revolve above 25 (Fig. 20).

3. Swan Neck towbars (fixed or detachable) are suitable for use with the AKS 3004providing they comply to EC Directive94/20 and have the required minimum 60mm clearance, measured from the centreof the towball (Fig. 20).

174

Fig. 18

Fig. 19

Page 171: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

SAFETY WARNINGS

1. In accordance with EC Directive 94/20,couplings of type A 50-1 cannot be used(see Fig. 21), your warranty will be invalidif this type of towball is used.

2. For UK use, please use the extendedneck towball (type A50-X).

3. A bolted-in type ball coupling (Fig. 22) isonly permissible if the thread is locked orwelded.

4. The AKS 3004 cannot be used with alaterally attached reversing lever, on theleft side, when facing direction of traffic.

5. The towball must be free from grease,paint and other residue, otherwise thestabilising effect will be greatly reduced.

6. If friction pads become contaminatedwith grease, they should be replaced.

7. The AKS 3004 should only be operatedby one person, when opening or closingthe handle, to reduce injury risks.

AKS 3004 Delivery Specifications

Coupling handle (Fig. 23/Item 1),Stabiliser Lever (Fig. 23/Item 2)

Preparation for coupling/uncoupling

The Stabiliser lever (Fig. 24/Item 2) must bein the uppermost position (open).

Coupling

Pull the coupling handle (Fig. 25/Item 1) upin the direction of arrow. The couplingmechanism has an open position ie. as longas the AKS 3004 is not placed on the ball,the handle will remain open. Put the openedcoupling onto the clean towball. The handlemust now make an audible click and returnto the flat position.

175

Fig. 20

Fig. 23

Fig. 21

Fig. 22

Page 172: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

Warning: The coupling is correctly engagedwhen the green edge of the safety indicatorbutton is visible (Fig. 26/Item 3).

Stabiliser Unit

To operate the Stabiliser (once coupled tothe towball), simply press the stabiliser leverdown as far as it will go (Fig. 26/Item 2).

Uncoupling

Pull the stabiliser lever handle up as far as itwill go, open the coupling handle and lift theAKS 3004 from the towball. With larger noseloads, coupling and uncoupling can be madeeasier by using the jockey wheel to assistlifting.

Please Note: The friction pads (Fig.27/1,2,3) are pressed against the towball andhence generate a stabilising/damping force.These pads are therefore subject to wearover time, however they will have a longservice life (circa.30,000 Miles), providedthey are well maintained and kept free ofgrease/dirt.

Checking the efficiency of the left/rightfriction pads

1. Couple up AKS 3004.

2. Open Stabiliser lever (Fig. 28/Item1).

3. Close Stabiliser lever until resistance isfelt (ie friction pads are in contact with theball but not yet under pressure).

4. If the arrow on the arm (Fig. 28/Item 4) isbefore or on the marked area (Fig.28/Item 2) the friction pads are still asnew (See A)

176

Fig. 24

Fig. 26

Fig. 27

Fig. 25

Page 173: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

5. The arrow on the arm should lie betweenthe marked area on the soft dock (See B)

6. If the arrow on the plate reaches orpasses the marked area on the soft dockthen the friction pads need replacing (See C).

Please Note: It is not necessary to adjustthe friction pads

Manoeuvring

For easier manoeuvring (on campsites etc),pull the stabiliser lever to the ‘up’ position.

Please do not use the stabiliser lever as anmanoeuvring handle. Please use the handleson the Caravan or fit the AL-KOmanoeuvring handle to your jockey wheel(available separately).

1. During opening or closing, the AKS mustonly be operated by one person.

2. Press stabiliser lever down by hand forceonly DO NOT use your foot or anextension bar, this will damage thecomponents (Fig. 29).

3. When opening or closing thestabiliser lever, please ensure your handdoes not touch the coupling handle - youmay accidentally trap your fingers! (Fig.29).

Noises whilst driving

As a rule, the friction pads of the AKS 3004do not make a noise during driving. Anyclicking, creaking or squeaking noises thatdo arise may be due to the following:

a) Foreign bodies or dirt between the frictionpad and tow ball.

b) Dry operation of the drawshaft inside theoverrun device.

c) A detachable towball which has too muchplay in the locking mechanism.

177

Fig. 28

Fig. 29

Page 174: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceRemedial Action

a) Clean the tow ball and friction pads bylightly rubbing the surface (100-120 gritemery paper).

b) Lubricate the drawshaft sleeve via thegrease nipples. In addition, push thegaiter forward and grease (DIN 51 825KTA 3K) the exposed part of the shaft(Fig. 30).

c) Visit a specialist workshop to have theball holding area checked for damageand the locking mechanism for function.If necessary, change the towball.

Servicing and Cleaning

Friction Pad Replacement (please replaceone at a time)

1. Uncouple AKS 3004.

2. Remove protective caps (Fig. 31/Item 1)with the aid of a small screwdriver.

3. Press worn out pad inwards and remove(use punch and hammer) (Fig. 31/2)

4. Insert new friction pad from below (afterfirst re-inserting shim washers if theywere present) and press in as far as it willgo (Fig. 31/Item 4 & Fig. 32).

Checking the efficiency of the front/rearfriction pads

1. Couple the AKS 3004 to the towball butdo not activate the stabiliser.

2. If a green indicator is visible (on thehandle), then the AKS 3004 is in a newcondition or the pads and towball arewithin the permissible limits (Fig. 33/Item2).

3. If only a red indicator is visible (Fig.34/Item 3), then this may have thefollowing causes:

a) AKS 3004 is okay but the towball hasreached the lowest limit of 49.61mm

b) AKS 3004 shows signs of wear

c) Towball is in a new condition (50mm)but the front/rear friction pads show ahigh degree of wear.

Establish the diameterof the towball so thatconclusions may bedrawn as to the wearof the friction pads(ball diameter mustnot be less than49.61mm)

178

Fig. 30

Fig. 31

Fig. 33 Fig. 34

Fig. 32

Page 175: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceFriction Pad Replacement (Front/Rear only)

1. Uncouple the AKS 3004

2. Remove the rubber soft dock (pull up andoff) Fig. 35/Item 1 & Fig 36.

3. Press the safety indicator outwards andsecure with SW14 hex. spanner (notincluded), (Fig. 35/Item 2).

4. Remove cheese-head screws (Fig. 35/item 3 & Fig 36), using special torx tool.

5. Press friction lining recess (Fig. 35/Item 4)inwards and pull down and out.

6. Open coupling handle (Fig. 35/Item 8).

7. Remove countersunk head cap screwusing special torx tool (Fig. 35/Item 5 &Fig. 37).

8. Press friction pad inwards with ascrewdriver and remove from ball cup.

9. Fitment of new linings takes place inreverse. Tighten screws 3 & 5 to 5 Nm.

10) Replace rubber soft dock, insert topsection first then bottom.

Important Maintenance and CleaningAdvice:

1. The towball should be cleaned regularlyto remove grease or other residue, theuse of Thinners, White Spirit or BrakeCleaner is recommended - otherwise thestabilising effect will be severely reduced.

2. If friction pads are contaminated, theyshould not be cleaned but replaced.

3. The surface of the towball must be free ofgrooves, rust or seizing marks.

4. Towballs coated (with paint or similar)must have this surface completelyremoved (use 100 or 120 grain emerypaper). If this is not done, increasedtowball wear will occur and may causedamage to the AKS 3004 components.

5. In Winter, carefully spray only the visualindicator with de-icer.

Lubrication

Should lubrication of the stabiliser partsbecome necessary, then the following mustbe observed.

a) Clean all parts thoroughly.

b) Areas may only be covered with a thinfilm of grease (Fig. 38).

c) Use multipurpose grease DIN 51825 KTA3K.

Warning: When lubricating, ensure nonegets into the friction pad or towball holdingarea.

AL-KO SECURE IMOBILISER

Refer to the User Instructions Kit supplied.

179

Fig. 35

Fig. 38

Fig. 36 Fig. 37

Page 176: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceOverrun Devices

In the importance of Safety, pleasefamiliarise yourself with the operation of thisoverrun device BEFORE using yourcaravan/trailer.

Safety Precautions

When parking your tow vehicle andcaravan/trailer on site, you must apply thecaravan handbrake. If the unit is parked butdisconnected from the tow vehicle, it isstrongly recommended that each wheel ischocked using AL-KO or suitable wheelchocks.

If a ‘detachable’ type drawbar is fitted (aswith catering trailers). the drawbar must notbe removed from the trailer with the hand-brake applied.

Caution: Please note when parking thecaravan/ trailer, the wheelbrake auto-reverse mechanism will allow thecaravan/trailer to travel backwards forapproximately 25 cm (please allowsufficient clearance when parking).

Operation

AL-KO overrun devices are a mechanicaltype, using a hydraulic damper.

Coupling Up

Manoeuvre towing vehicle or trailer tocoupling point.

Overrun devices fitted with 50 mmcoupling head

Fully open coupling head handle and securehitch onto the towball. See pages 21 and 23(coupling up).

Thread the breakaway cable through thebreakaway cable guide provided (Fig. 40)and connect it to attachment point providedon towing bracket (Fig. 39). Please refer to‘Braked Trailers Use of Breakaway Cables’for further detail.

Caution: The breakaway cable operates thehandbrake (emergency brake), in the eventof the caravan/trailer becoming detachedfrom the towing vehicle during towing. Forthis emergency brake to work correctly, it isabsolutely essential that the following pointsare observed:

1. The breakaway cable MUST run throughthe breakaway cable guide.

2. The breakaway cable MUST NOT bewrapped around the jockey wheel, as thisdisables the emergency brake (Fig. 41).

3. The cable MUST run as straight aspossible and not be restricted.

4. Ensure the cable is long enough to allowfor cornering and will not become taut orsnag during use, as this could result inthe handbrake operating whilst towing.

Please refer to ‘Braked Trailers Use ofBreakaway Cables’ Information sheet,supplied with your caravan/trailer.

180

Fig. 39

Fig. 40 Fig. 41

Page 177: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

181

Overrun device fitted with Eye End

Lock the eye end into the eye end jawassembly and see operating instructions forvehicles fitted with eye end jaw assembly.

Overrun Device Fitted with 50 mmCoupling Head

Connect trailer electric plug controlling lightsand indicators etc. into towing vehiclesocket.

Wind the jockey wheel up fully and clampsecurely in position, ensuring that it does notfoul the brake rod or breakaway cable.

Ensure handbrake is fully off by pushing itfully down (Figs. 42-46).

Remove wheel chocks if fitted and stowsafely.

Caution: Failure to comply with this couldresult in the brakes overheating.

Coupling Up (Euro-Overrun Devices)

Fully retract Jockey Wheel inner tube so thatit locks against Jockey Wheel outer tube.

Slacken Jockey Wheel Clamp handle andraise complete assembly through cutout inbody to its highest position (ensure it doesn’tcome into contact with the brake rodassembly), fully tighten Jockey Wheel Clamphandle to ensure the Jockey Wheel is firmlyheld in position (Fig. 45).

Fig. 42

Fig. 43

Fig. 44

Fig. 45

Fig. 46

Page 178: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceUncoupling (All Types)

Secure caravan/trailer by chocking bothwheels. Apply handbrake fully. There are 4different handbrake systems (See Figs 42-46). With all four systems please observe thefollowing:

Handbrake Lever With Gas Strut (Fig. 42)

Ensure handbrake is fully applied (ashighlighted). This will ensure that the gasstrut will automatically re-apply the wheelbrakes if the trailer starts to roll backwards.

To Release

Press the handbrake push button fully homeand firmly press the handbrake lever backinto the off position (handbrake horizontal).

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat the trailer could roll backwards!

Caution: The brake rod must not be undertension/bowed when the handbrake isdisengaged, otherwise the breakawaymechanism will not function.

Handbrake Lever With Spring Cylinder(Fig. 43)

Apply handbrake fully ensuring thathandbrake is in the vertical position. This willensure that the spring cylinder energy storeis fully loaded and will automatically re-applythe wheel brakes if the trailer starts to rollbackwards.

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat the trailer could roll backwards!

Automatic Handbrake Lever (Fig. 44)

Ensure handbrake is fully applied (ashighlighted). This will ensure that the gasstrut or spring cylinder will automatically re-apply the wheel brakes if the trailer starts toroll backwards.

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat that the trailer could roll backwards!

To Release

Firmly push the handbrake lever back intothe off position (Handbrake horizontal).

Handbrake Lever With Spring Cylinderand Gas Strut (Fig. 46), normally fitted tocommercial units:

Ensure handbrake is fully applied (asdescribed). This will ensure that the gas strutor spring cylinder will automatically re-applythe wheel brakes if trailer starts to rollbackwards.

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat the trailer could roll backwards!

To Release

Press the handbrake push button fully homeand firmly press the handbrake lever backinto the off position (handbrake horizontal).

Servicing

Every 10,000 - 15,000 Km or every 12months: Lubricate/grease all sliding andmoving parts of the overrun device as showin Fig. 47.

Recommended lubricant. General purposegrease to DIN 51825 KTA 3KA.

182

Fig. 47

Page 179: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

183

Servicing and care of hot dip galvanisedparts

The formation of white rust is only a surfacecoating and has no adverse effect on theanti-corrosion properties of galvanising. Inorder to minimise the potential for theformation of white rust the followingprecautions should be taken:

- Ensure there is adequate air circulationwhen storing hot dip-galvanised parts.

- After winter journeys it is recommendedthat surfaces are washed with cleanwater.

Spare Parts

Spare parts are safety critical parts! For thisreason when fitting spare parts in ourproducts we recommend the use of originalAL-KO parts or those parts that we haveexplicitly approved. The reliability, safety andsuitability of parts designed especially forour products, has been determined using aspecial test procedure. In spite of constantlymonitoring the market we are unable toassess or vouch for other products.

If repair work or servicing is required, AL-KOhave a large network of AL-KO servicestations throughout Europe. To establish thecorrect spare parts required you shouldalways quote the model and type of overrundevice in question along with the ETI No.which is stamped into the overrun device

housing. The ETI number for the EuroOverrun can be found on the handbrakelever (See Fig. 45).

For Troubleshooting and Fault Finding,please see Table 3 on Page 185.

Page 180: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceTrouble Shooting & Fault Finding

Table 1 Axles

184

Poor Braking

Difficulty in Reversing

Brakes Overheating

Handbrake Force Low

Uncomfortable ride orUneven Braking

Fault

Linings worn or damaged.

Brake Linings not bedded in.

Brake set up incorrect.

Braking system set too tightly.

Auto-Reverse lever too stiff.

Incorrect setting.

Braking system not fully released.

Overrun lever stuck.

Damage or Corrosion to braking system

Incorrect setting of the brakes.

Linings not bedded in.

Loose braking adjustment.

Damper defective.

Axle shock absorbers defective.

Replace Brake Linings.

Will pass after braking a few times.

Reset Brakes as page 169 & ensure system is lubricated.

Reset Brakes as page 169.

Lubricate and free off Reverse Lever.

Reset Brakes as page 169.

Check Handbrake has been released & the system is running freely.

Lubricate and free off Reverse Lever.

Check system as page 169 and repair or renew parts as necessary.

Reset brakes as page 169 and lubricate as necessary.

Will pass after braking a few times.

Reset brakes as page 169.

Check and replace damper if necessary.

Replace shock absorber.

Cause Remedy

Page 181: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Maintenance

185

Table 2 Coupling Heads

Coupling does not engageonto ball

Difficulty in Uncoupling

Too much play in thecoupling

Fault

Ball diameter too large. Ball could be damaged or deformed. Coupling head dirty or defective.

Ball damaged or deformed. Coupling damaged or deformed. Coupling head under pressure from damper.

Coupling damaged or deformed Ball too small

Change ball to correct size.Fit new ball.Clean & Lubricate coupling and replace if necessary.

Fit new ball.Replace if necessary.Pull forward a few inches to to relieve pressure

Replace if necessary.Fit new ball.

Cause Remedy

Table 3 Overrun Devices

Poor Braking

Brakes Overheating DuringTowing

Handbrake Force Low

Brakes Apply DuringDeceleration or Downhill Travel.

Fault

Overrun shaft tight. Overrun shaft corroded. Body housing damaged.

Handbrake not fully released. Braking system incorrectly set. Incorrect attachment of breakaway cable.

Defective gas strut. Incorrect setting of spring cylinder.

Overrun damper is defective.

Lubricate overrun shaft and replace any damaged parts.

Release handbrake.Reset brakes as page 169.Ensure correct attachment as listed on page 180 or refer to Braked TrailersUse of Breakaway Cables sheet.

Replace gas strut.Reset spring cylinder as page 169.

Replace the overrun damper.

Cause Remedy

Page 182: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

MaintenanceACCESSORIES

Corner Steadies

Corner Steadies are as stated, for thepurpose of steadying the caravan corners.They are NOT JACKS AND SHOULD NEVERBE USED AS SUCH. The screw and pivotpins should be lubricated periodically toensure their satisfactory operation. (See alsoJack Operation).

Shock Absorbers

All AL-KO chassis have pre-punched holesto accommodate Shock Absorbers, in frontof the axle. On the Euro-Axle System, axleswing arms have a removable rectangularplastic cap exposing a slot to accommodateretro-fit brackets for the Octagon ShockAbsorbers. (See Accessory Price List). DeltaAxles have Shock Absorbers fitted asstandard which MUST NOT BE REMOVED.

Stabilisers

AL-KO overruns can be fitted with a range ofAL-KO Stabiliser devices (if not already fittedas standard), dependent on the maximumgross weight of the caravan. AL-KOstabilisers operate on a friction type basis,whereby friction pads grip onto a dry,grease free towball. It is important to notethat the AKS range of stabilisers are suitablefor use with swan neck, fixed or detachabletype towbars or the special AL-KO ExtendedNeck Bolt-On Towball. We do not approve

the use of any other bolt-on type towball,other than the AL-KO Towball. Failure to usethe correct towball may result in productfailure and will invalid your warranty.

The AKS range is available in three differentmodels: The AKS 1300 is suitable forcaravans up to a maximum gross weight of1360 Kg, the AKS 2700 up to 2700 Kg andthe new AKS 3004 up to 2000 Kg. EachStabiliser can also be retro-fitted with an AL-KO Security Device and Safety ball, toensure maximum theft Deterrent (please seeour accessory price list for further details).All ‘Red’ coloured AL-KO Security Deviceshave full TUV and Sold Secure Approvalsand are available from most good caravandealers or direct from AL-KO Mail Order on0800 074 4334.

Road Wheels

In most instances the road wheels and tyresare supplied by the Caravan Manufacturer.The condition of wheels and tyres should bechecked regularly, particularly for distortionof flanges and the wheel dish. Wheels thatare damaged or distorted, or have wheel boltseatings cracked or deformed must not berepaired or used in service - these mustbe replaced.

Important: Standard AL-KO caravan chassisuse M12 wheel bolts. These must alwaysonly be tightened to the correct torquesetting:

- Steel wheels 88 Nm (65 lbs/ft)

- Alloy wheels 115 Nm (85 lbs/ft)

in sequence, (i.e. North, South, East, West);NEVER clock or anti-clockwise. ALWAYSuse a calibrated torque wrench, do notuse a corner steady brace, power or electricwrench. It is as dangerous to overtightenwheel bolts as it is to not tighten themsufficiently.

Important: The torque settings should be re-checked after 50 Km.

If other wheel bolts are used please ensurethe torque settings are as follows:

M10 - 49 Nm (36 ft. lb)

M14 - 135 Nm (99.5 ft. lb)

M16 - 210 Nm (155 ft. lb)

186

AKS 1300 &Security Device

AKS 2700 &Security Device

AKS 3004 &Security Device

Page 183: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Special Note -Aluminium Wheels

For aluminium wheels use M12 x 1.5 pitch26mm thread length 10.9 Grade 60° conicalfixing.

The standard M12 x 1.5 60° Conical Wheelbolts are NOT SUITABLE for aluminiumwheel rims. Special wheel bolts should beused.

Tyres

The legal requirements for tread depth onmotor vehicles, also applies to caravan andtrailers.

Jacks

The Corner Steadies Should never beused to jack up the caravan. When jackingbecomes necessary use the AL-KO Side LiftJack or 2-Tonne Jack system.

NOTE: It is essential that the car andcaravan are hitched together beforecommencing jacking. All AL-KO chassisfrom 1992 onwards have 2 holes punched inthe chassis members, each side (rear of theaxle); to accept the brackets for the Jack(s).(See Accessory Price List).

Corner Steadies may be used for stabilityONLY, when the caravan is in the jackedposition.

The caravan should never be lifted byjacking up under the chassis member.

If working under the caravan in an elevatedposition, axle stands must be used forsafety. Wheel chocks for the oppositewheel(s) are also advisable.

Jockey Wheel

Lubricate screwthread and wheelspindle periodically.

Spare WheelCarriers

Each caravan has aset of punched holesin the chassismember to facilitatethe fitting of a sparewheel carrier. Theassembly is of astrong, lightweightconstruction and zinc plated for all-weatherprotection.

There are 3 variants to suit most AL-KOchassis (record your tyre size on this bookletfor future reference).

The carriers can be fitted for left or righthand operation and are easy to fit.

The telescopic frame tubes should belubricated periodically.

RECORD YOUR SPARE WHEEL CARRIER INFORMATION HERE:Caravan Make (eg Abbey) .........................

Caravan Model (eg Spectrum 520) .....................................

Year of Manufacture ..................................

Tyre Size (eg 175R 14 99)..........................

Dimension ‘X’ in mm .................................(taken from following diagram)

Maintenance

187

Side Lift Jack 2-Tonne Jack

Page 184: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous
Page 185: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

GENERALDATA

Fault Finding ......................................................................... 190Water .................................................................................. 190Gas ..................................................................................... 192Cassette Toilet .................................................................... 193

Useful Information ............................................................... 194Owners Club ...................................................................... 194Spares and After Sales ...................................................... 194Repair Facilities .................................................................. 194Caravan Clubs......................................................................195Motoring Associations .........................................................195Trade Association.................................................................195CRIS .....................................................................................195Notification of Change of Ownership.................................. 199

Page 186: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Water not flowing fromany tap when operatedbut pump runs

Problem

Freshwater tank empty Check

Pump wired in reverse Check wiring, refer to pump manufacturers instructions

Pump not primed Refer to pump manufacturers instructions

Pipe inlet or outlet pipe disconnected Check connections

Pump pipes restricted by kinking Check pipes run

Blockage in pump inlet or outlet pipe Check, starting inside freshwater tank

Blocked in-line filter of pump filter Dismantle and clean

Air leak in suction line to pump Check for bubbles & secure with clip

Possible Cause Remedy

Pump does not run Pump or tap incorrectly wired Refer to pump/tap manufacturers instructions

Pump fuse blown Check wiring connection and then replace with fuse of correct rating

Battery disconnected Check connections

Pump seized or overheated Refer to pump manufacturers servicing instructions

Pressure pump sensing switch may have failed Refer to pump manufacturers servicing instructions

Contacts may be faulty Check contacts in plug and socket are clean and making contact

Wiring connections may be faulty Check wiring connections

On switched tap version, microswitch could be faulty Disconnect wires from microswitch and join together. If the pump operates, microswitch should be replaced

Water flows from cold tapbut not from hot

Feed pipe to water heater incorrectly connected to Refer to installation instructionsthe heater outlet

Blockage in hot pipeline Disconnect pipes and inspect

Heater inlet or outlet pipes kinked preventing flow Check and re-route if necessary. Ensure that hose is Carverrecommended type

Hot tap not connected Refer to installation manual

Hot tap failed or blocked Disconnect and inspect

Heater non-return valve jammed Seek service attention

Fault Finding

WATER

190

Page 187: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fault Finding

191

Problem Possible Cause Remedy

Water flows from hot tapbut has reduced flow fromcold

Cold water pipe kinked preventing flow Check and re-route if necessary

Blockage in cold pipe line Disconnect pipes after 1st Y connector and check up to tap

Cold tap not connected Refer to installation instructions

Cold tap failed or blocked Disconnect and inspect

If a water filter is fitted, the cartridge is exhausted Replace cartridge

Reduced flow from bothhot and cold taps

Battery condition low causing pump to run slowly Check battery state of charge, refer to electrical supply note

If new taps have been fitted they may be restricting flow Disconnect and check that they have at least 1/4" (6.3mm) bore

Pump needs servicing Refer to pump servicing instructions

Partially blocked pump filter or in-line filter, if fitted Dismantle and clean if necessary

Pump outlet pipe kinked restricting flow Check and re-route if necessary

Water leak Check all water connections

Reduced flow fromeither tap

Y’ connector(s) fitted incorrectly Refer to installation instructions

Pipe kinking restricting flow Check and re-route if necessary

Bore size difference in taps Use taps of equal bore size

WATER (continued)

Warm water flows out ofcold tap

Hot water back-feeding into cold line, usually if mixer Fit non-return valve in cold supply, near taptap or single outlet hot and cold taps being used

If pump motor runssteadily and will not stop

Battery voltage may be too low (below 10.5 volts) Check that there is water in the container

Adjust switch and/or re-charge battery

Check all connections in pipework

Page 188: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Fault Finding

192

Hob does not light No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to hob manufacturers instructions

Oven does not light No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to oven manufacturers instructions

Space heater or centralheating

No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are onCheck exhaust outlet is clear

Over gassed Turn off appliance, wait 2 minutes and try againAir in pipe Purge system

Refer to space heater or central heating boiler manufacturers instructions

GAS

Fridge does not light No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to fridge manufacturers instructions

Water heater does notlight

No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to water heater manufacturers instructions

Problem Possible Cause Remedy

Page 189: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Problem

Fault Finding

193

Bowl does not drain whentoilet is flushed.

Cassette is overfilled

DO NOT REMOVE CASSETTE. While inside the caravan turn flush knob anti-clockwise to open valve blade andleave it in the open position.Open access door on side of caravan. Rotate pour-out spout outward. Place appropriate size container under spout cap. Remove cap carefully. Allow bowl contents to drain into container. This will lower the water level in the bowl.Replace cap and return pour-out spout to stored position. DO NOT REMOVE CASSETTE.Go inside the caravan and turn the flush knob clockwise to close valve blade. Now, the cassette may be removed following the normal removal and emptying procedure.

Odours Use proper amount of holding tank deodourant specified on bottle.

CASSETTE TOILET

Toilet tissue does not fitinto compartment.

Since some tissues are supplied on larger rolls, it may be necessary to use some tissue before storing into compartment.

Soiled bowl after flushing Partially fill bowl to cover soiled portion of bowl. Next flush will dissolve waste. Tip: Leave valve blade open during use.

No power to add water totoilet bowl

Check cassette safety sensor switch and fuse-holder for proper engagement and operation.Note: Cassette has to be removed to reach switch and fuse.Insert cassette and try adding water to toilet bowl.Toilet can be flushed manually. Add water. Add water to bowl from a separate container. Turn flush knob anti-clockwise to open valve blade. Turn clockwise to close valve blade.

Cassette cannot beremoved

Check for obstacles under retaining clip. Depress retaining clip several times to check operation. Remove cassette.Flush knob and valve blade in partial open position. Close valve blade by moving knob clockwise.CAUTION: If valve blade is open during cassette removal, severe damage to system can occur. Never force insertion or removal of the cassette tank.

Valve blade mechanismsticks or is hard to open

Spray light film of silicone on blade.

Major unit malfunction Contact your original Caravan Dealer.

Remedy

Page 190: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Useful InformationOWNERS CLUBThe Owners Club is a completelyindependent organisation run for the benefitof the caravan owners. They have numerousrallies during the year in various parts of thecountry and every third year there is a‘Works Rally’ where owners have theopportunity to visit the factory. Apart fromthe friendliness and companionship the Clubgenerates it is also actively engaged incharity work for those less fortunate thanourselves. The address of the Secretary ofthe Owners Club can be obtained fromSupercare (SML Ltd), Tel: 01482 875740 orfrom the Swift Group website.

SPARES AND AFTER SALESSUPERCAREThere are numerous items available fromyour dealer ranging from door catchesthrough to spare wheels and touch-uppaints. Please note that all after salesenquiries must be directed through yoursupplying dealer. The after sales service atthe factory is geared to support our dealernetwork as is the service provided byappliance manufacturers.

In the interest of safety, replacement partsfor an appliance shall conform to theappliance manufacturers specifications andshould be fitted by them or their authorisedagents.

Note: Please remember to quote chassisnumber when ordering any items from yourdealer.

Customer CareTel: 01482 875740Fax: 01482 840082

NOTE:The times for contacting Customer Care bytelephone are:

9am to 4pm Monday to Thursday.9am to 12.45pm Friday.

Swift Group Websitewww.swiftleisure.co.uk

Swift Group E-Mail [email protected]

REPAIR FACILITIESShould you be unfortunate enough to suffera major accident with your caravan it iscomforting to know that we have acompletely separate repair shop facilitywhere their fully trained experts will undertake all types of major damage repair work.

Repairs of a minor nature should be referredfirst to your local dealer.

194

Page 191: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Useful InformationThe enjoyment of caravanning can be greatly enhanced by membership of one ormore of the various caravanning, motoringand holiday clubs. Here are some usefuladdresses:

CARAVAN CLUBS

The Caravan Club,East Grinstead House,East GrinsteadWest Sussex, RH19 IUATel: 01342 326944www.caravanclub.co.uk

The Camping and Caravanning Club,Greenfields House,Westwood Way,Coventry,West Midlands.Tel: 01203 694995www.campingandcaravanningclub.co.uk

MOTORING ASSOCIATIONS

Automobile Association (AA)Fanum House,Basingstoke,Hants. RG1 2EATel: 0990 448866www.theaa.co.uke-mail: [email protected]

RAC Motoring ServicesRAC House,M1 Cross,Brent Terrace,London, NW2 1BXTel: 0990 722722www.rac.co.uk

Green Flag National BreakdownPO Box 300,1, Cote Lane,Leeds, LS99 2LZTel: 0345 670345

TRADE ASSOCIATION

National Caravan CouncilCatherine House,Victoria Road,Aldershot,Hampshire, GU11 1SSTel: 01252 318251www.martex.co.uk/ncce-mail: [email protected]

CRIS

HPI EquifaxDolphin House,New Street,Salisbury,Wiltshire SP1 2TBTel: 01722 411430/422422

Swift Group LimitedDunswell Road, Cottingham,East Yorkshire HU16 4JXTel: (01482) 875740e-mail: [email protected] site: www.swiftleisure.co.uk

© 2006 SWIFT GROUP LTD

195

Page 192: New 2640 Caravan Owners Hbook 2007 - Swift Groupassets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015. 10. 8. · to caravans purchased and used within the UK, and for continuous

Index

A Accessories .................................. 186Aftersales...................................... 189Air Conditioning............................ 147Alarm System ................................. 76Alde Heating System...................... 87AL-KO Running Gear ................... 165Arrival on Site ................................. 30Ash Framed Doors ....................... 156Awnings ........................................ 157

B Barbeque Point ............................ 134Battery ............................................ 70Bedding ........................................ 139Blinds............................................ 141Blizzard Air Conditioners.............. 147Brake Linkages............................. 170Braking System ............................ 169Breakaway Cable ........................... 26Bunks ........................................... 140

C Caravan Clubs.............................. 195Caravan Terms ............................... 12Cassette Toilets ............................ 130Change of Ownership .................. 199Chassis Number............................. 36Children .......................................... 35Comet Roma Single Lever

Mixer Tap .................................... 49Corner Steadies ............................. 21CRIS ............................................. 195

D DoorsEntrance.................................... 142Ash Framed............................... 156

Doorscreen ................................... 141Driving Licence............................... 15

E Electrical Control Panels ................ 62Electricity Supply............................ 56

Arrival on Site.............................. 56Consumption Figures.................. 59Generator .................................... 74Mains Inlet Cable ........................ 58Overseas Connections................ 57Power supply units ..................... 67

Escape Paths ................................. 35

F Fault Finding................................. 190AL-KO Running Gear ................ 165Cassette Toilet .......................... 193Gas............................................ 192Water......................................... 190

Fire ................................................. 34Fire Extinguisher............................. 35Flyscreens .................................... 141Fumes............................................. 36Fuses (12V) Module........................ 68

G Gas Supply..................................... 53Butane......................................... 53Connection.................................. 55Fault Finding ............................. 192Flue Installations ......................... 55Gas Bottles ................................. 53Hoses .......................................... 53Precautions ................................. 54Propane....................................... 54Regulator..................................... 53Safety Advice .............................. 54Ventilation.................................... 55

Generator Guidelines ..................... 74Glossary and Checklist .................. 15Grill ............................................... 124

H Habitation Relay ............................. 69Handling ......................................... 28Heating ........................................... 81Heki Rooflight............................... 142Hob............................................... 123Hotplates ...................................... 124

I Inboard Water Tanks ...................... 45Insurance........................................ 36

J Jacking Points ................................ 30Jockey Wheel ............................... 187

L Levelling ......................................... 30Loading and Distribution of Weight 18

M Maintenance................................. 159Exterior...................................... 160Interior ....................................... 160Modifications/DIY...................... 160Winterisation/Storage ............... 163

Microswitch Taps............................ 49Microwave Oven........................... 127Mirrors ............................................ 27Motoring Associations.................. 195Motorway Driving ........................... 28Moving Off...................................... 31

N Noseweight..................................... 15

O Omnivent Rooflight....................... 146Oven ............................................. 125Overseas Electrical Connections ... 57Owners Club................................. 194

P Passengers..................................... 26Preparing for the Road................... 18

Loading & Distribution of Weight 18Other Considerations.................. 17Pre-load Checklist....................... 18Pre-tow Checklist and

Hitch-up AK3004 stabiliser...... 21Hitch-up AK160 coupling .........23

Stability ....................................... 19Towing Vehicle - Rear

Suspension .............................. 19Pullman Bunks ............................. 140

R Reading Lamp (12V) ..................... 157Refrigerators................................... 97

Dometic RM7371 & RM7291L .... 98Thetford Absorber..................... 108

Reich Kama Single Lever Mixer Tap .................................... 50

Repair Facilities ............................ 194Reversing........................................ 28Road Lighting ................................. 25Rooflights ..................................... 142

S Safety and Security ........................ 33Security .......................................... 36Service/Inspection Record............ 7-9Services.......................................... 39

Electricity..................................... 56Gas.............................................. 53Water........................................... 40

Shock Absorbers.......................... 186Shower ......................................... 156Smoke Alarm.................................. 34Solar Panel ..................................... 73

Space Heaters................................ 81Spares and After Sales................. 194Speed Limits .................................. 28Stability........................................... 19Stopping on a Hill........................... 30Stoves Hobs, Grills and Ovens .... 123

T Tables ........................................... 156Taps ................................................ 49TEB Fan.......................................... 84Thermal Insulation .......................... 55TP 5000 Thermostat....................... 93Thetford Absorber Refrigerator .... 108Thetford Cassette C-200.............. 130Towing Code .................................. 12Towing Vehicle Terms ..................... 13Trade Associations ....................... 195Transformer/Charger Unit............... 67Truma Compact Crystal 2 .............. 41Truma Space Heaters..................... 81Truma Ultraheat Heating ................ 84Truma Ultrastore Water Heater....... 78Truma Waterline.............................. 47TV aerials...................................... 137TV Inlet ......................................... 135Tyres ............................................. 187

V Ventilation ....................................... 35

W Water .............................................. 40Cleaning Portable water tanks.... 51Heater ......................................... 78Pumps......................................... 42Tanks and Systems..................... 45

Warranty ........................................... 2Weights........................................... 12Wheels............................................ 21

Changing..................................... 29Rims ............................................ 21Torque ......................................... 29

Windows....................................... 142Winter Maintenance

and Storage .............................. 163

197